Skip to main content

Full text of "The Browns and the Smiths : In two volumes"

See other formats


w 


a  I  B  RARY 

OF   THE 
UN  IVLRSITY 
Of    ILLINOIS 

82. 2> 
■D2  SC2  b 


THE  BROWNS  MD  THE  SMITHS. 


THE  BROMS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


BY 

THE    AUTHOR    OF 

"  ANNE   DYSAET,"   "  ONWARDS/ 

&c.,  &c. 


'  Nurse  :    His  name  is  Romeo,  and  a  Montague ; 
The  only  son  of  your  great  enemy." 

Romeo  and  Juliet. 


m  TWO  VOLUMES. 
VOL.  L 


LONDON: 

HURST  AND  BLACKETT,  PUBLISHERS, 

SUCCESSORS  TO   HENRY   COLBURN, 

13,  GREAT  MARLBOROUGH  STREET. 
1863. 

The  right  of  Translation  is  reserved. 


London: 

Printed  by  R.  Gardner,  Gloucester  Street, 

Regent's  ParL 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


I  CHAPTER  I. 

f 

^  VERY  HACKNEYED. 

"I  "There   is  nothing  new  under  the  sun," 

^  .said  the  wise  monarch,  and  if  this  could 
be  said  with  truth  nearly  three  thousand 
years  ago,  when  the  world  was  not  much 
more  than  half  as  old  as  it  is  at  present, 

■$  how  doubly  stale  must  all  things  have 
now  become! 

J      You  have  all,  my  readers,  heard,  ad  nau- 

VOL.  I.  B 


2      THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

seam^  of  the  Montagues  and  Capulets — 
the  Yorkists  and  Lancastrians ;  the  names 
are  as  familiar  as  that  rivalship  of  race, 
and  hatred  of  families,  which,  in  our  days 
at  least,  are  not  confined  to  princes  and 
nobles,  but  may  be  found  in  every 
market  town,  in  every  country  village, 
and,  probably,  in  every  thieves'  quarter  in 
the  world. 

But  though  there  is  nothing  new,  not 
even  similes,  though  originality  is  more 
than  ever  impossible  to  us  in  these  latter 
days,  yet  the  picture  of  human  passions 
and  human  follies,  be  it  only  true,  how- 
ever commonplace,  never  fails  to  make 
us  weep  or  laugh,  as  the  occasion  de- 
mands. It  is  this  which  encourages  me 
to  introduce  to  your  notice  the  Browns 
and  the  Smiths,  and  to  hope  that  you  will 
even   pardon   an   allusion    to   the    Monta- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.      3 

gu.es  and  Capulets.  It  is  so  much  easier 
to  take  up  an  old  simile  than  to  rummage 
through  one's  daily  decreasing  stores  of 
memory  for  a  new  one.  And  then,  the 
hackneyed  one  has  the  advantage  of 
being  understood  by  everybody ;  even 
by  those  —  if  in  these  days  of  universal 
knowledge  there  be  any  such — who  have 
only  heard  of  the  Montagues  and  Capu-. 
lets  by  way  of  reference. 

Now,  the  Browns  and  the  Smiths  were 
the  Montagues  and  Capulets  of  the 
Borough  of  Goslingford. 

Goslingford  is  a  thorough  old  English 
country  town,  and,  in  the  days  of  which 
I  speak,  though  these  are  not  very  re- 
mote, had  not  been  invaded  even  by  a 
railway.  It  consists  of  four  streets,  at 
right  angles,  somewhat  narrow,  but  very 
picturesque ;    the    colouring,    old,    dusky, 

B  2 


4      THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

and  mellowed,  and  the  tall  chimneys,  and 
overhanging  upper-stories,  throwing,  in 
the  summer  sunshine,  those  shadows, 
broad  and  deep,  so  dear  to  the  heart  of 
the  accomplished  gentleman  who  writes 
the  "  Stones  of  Venice."  A  broad  river, 
bearing  a  little — a  very  little — traffic  on 
its  bosom,  steals  lazily  by,  past  the  little 
town,  and  through  green  meadows,  mostly 
flat,  onwards  to  the  sea.  Cattle  repose  in 
these  meadows,  amid  cowslips  and  butter- 
cups, and  under  the  shade  of  tall  elms  and 
wide-spread  oaks  ;  and  low  hills,  not  robed, 
however,  in  ''  the  azure  hue "  of  distance, 
but  chequered  with  the  unmistakable 
yellow  and  green  of  corn-fields  or  turnip- 
fields,  gird  in  the  pleasant  vale,  which 
has  many  a  counterpart  in  rural  England. 
Thus,  though  a  pretty  and  an  interesting 
old   town,   it   is  a   very   everyday   one  — 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.      5 

being,  in  fact,  in  architecture  and  situa- 
tion, the  very  commonest  type  of  an  Eng- 
lish wwcommercial  town.  The  people,  too, 
are  the  very  kind  of  people  who  reside  in 
such  towns,  even  in  these  days  of  rapid 
and  constant  communication  of  every 
place  with  every  place  else,  when  every- 
body is  becoming,  outwardly  at  least,  so 
like  everybody  else,  that  national  and 
local  distinctions,  and  even  individual  cha- 
racter, seem  in  danger  of  being  obliterated 
by  the  modern  monotony  of  refinement 
and  cultivation.  But  as  yet,  at  Gosling- 
ford,  most  people  still  dined  at  three 
o'clock,  and  went  out  to  tea-parties  at  six; 
and  it  was,  by  many  persons,  thought  very 
fine  and  foolish  of  the  Smiths,  when  they 
gave  a  dinner-party  at  the  irrational  hour 
of  half-past  six,  at  which  the  wine  was 
handed   round   by   Thomas,  indoors  man- 


6     THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

servant,  and  Sarah,  housemaid,  instead  of 
being  put  on  the  table,  that  the  guests 
might  drink  with  each  other  in  the  old 
friendly  way,  when  "people  were  not  too 
fine  to  enjoy  themselves." 

The  tide  of  public  feeling,  that  is,  the 
feeling  of  the  polite  world  of  Goslingford, 
for  a  time  rose  decidedly  on  the  Brown 
side. 

"Old  Mr.  Brown,"  said  Miss  Clara 
Wellby,  to  her  friend  Miss  Harriet  Rich- 
ards, "would  never  have  permitted  such 
new-fangled  nonsense.  But  people  now-a- 
days  must  all  be  finer  and  wiser  than 
their  fathers.  Perhaps  next  time  the  meat 
will  be  all  carved  at  the  side-table." 

"It  is  sad  to  see  so  much  vanity  and 
display  among  people  professing  Christian 
principles,"  rejoined  Miss  Richards.  "We 
shall  hear  of  them  playing  cards  next." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.      7 

"  Cards  !  "  cried  Miss  Clara  ;  "  and 
suppose  they  do  take  a  hand  at  whist, 
or  have  a  sixpenny  pool  at  commerce, 
where  is  the  harm  ?  People  were  just  as 
good  and  as  wise  long  ago,  when " 

"  Clara  ! "  said  Miss  Richards,  with 
grief  and  solemnity. 

"Well,  well,"  cried  Miss  Wellby,  for- 
bearingly,  "we  are  too  old  friends  to 
quarrel,  Harriet ;  but  I  remember  the  time 
when  you  could  enjoy  a  rubber  yourself" 

"  I  was  then  in  the ^' 

"Never  mind,"  cried  Clara,  impatiently, 
"  nobody  but  the  Rector  shall  preach  to  me. 
But  about  the  Smiths,  as  we  were  saying. 
The  Browns  would  never  have  done  such  a 
thing,  and  the  Browns  have  a  much  better 
right  to  be  uppish  than  the  Smiths.  But 
that  is  always  the  way — it  is  always  your 
people  who  have  no  right  that  set  up  to  be 


8     THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

extra-genteel,  and  your  people  that  talk 
about  equality  and  the  rights  of  the  people, 
and  all  that  sort  of  stuff,  that  are  the  most 
jealous  of  their  own  dignity,  and  the  most 
hoity-toity  with  their  servants.  The  Smiths 
are  ten  times  as  exclusive  as  the  Browns, 
and  yet  the  Browns  visit  people  that  would 
never  think  of  going  near  the  Smiths." 

^^Yery  true,"  said  Miss  Eichards,  but 
in  somewhat  an  unwilling  tone,  though 
continuing  with  an  air  of  candour,  "and 
the    Misses    Smith    have     been     learning 

o 

botany,  and  astronomy,  and  geology,  and 
ever  so  many  languages — very  dangerous 
knowledge,  which  has  led  many  astray. 
And  young  Smith  away  to  London  and  the 
Continent,  as  if  he  would  not  have  been 
far  better  and  safer  in  Goslingford,  in  his 
father's  office,  as  his  father  was  before 
him." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.     9 

"  Yes,  what  served  his  father  might  have 
served  him.  And  to  send  his  son  to  the 
Continent  to  be  brought  up  among 
foreigners ! "  exclaimed  Miss  Wellby,  v/ith 
ineffable  contempt. 

"  And  they  are  good  people,  too — mem- 
bers of  the  Evangelical  Alliance." 
"  Yes,  but  they  are  dissenters." 

"  That  does  not  signify,  if  they  are '* 

"  It  does  signify.  I  never  knew  any 
dissenters  but  themselves  I  could  endure ; 
and  as  for  the  Evangelical  Alliance,  people 
were  quite  as  good,  let  me  tell  you, 
Harriet,  when  there  were  no  Evangelical 
Alliances,  and  when  people  did  not  '  make 
broad  their  phylacteries,'  as  they  do 
now." 

"  Thank  you,  Clara,"  said  Miss  Richards, 
half  in  sorrow,  half  in  anger ;  "I  know  I 
must  bear  the  reproach." 


10    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

^'Good  morning  now,  Harriet,  we  won't 
quarrel ;  we  are  far  too  old  friends  for 
that."  And  for  the  moment,  excited  and 
triumphant.  Miss  Wellby  departed. 

She  had  not  been  gone  half-an-hour 
when  Miss  Richards'  anger  was  utterly 
overcome  by  her  sorrow. 

"Poor  Clara!"  she  thought,  "how  I 
wish  I  could  do  something  for  her  I " 

For  twenty  years  this  had  been  one  of 
the  most  earnest  wishes  of  this  good  crea- 
ture ;  but  aU  her  attempts  had  ended  some- 
thing in  the  manner  of  the  above.  Clara 
always  came  off  triumphant  and  affronted. 
Fortunately  the  affront  never  lasted  long. 
On  the  present  occasion  it  only  lasted 
till  the  next  day.  Hearing  the  following 
morning  that  Miss  Richards  was  laid  up  with 
influenza,  down  came  Clara  through  the  fog 
and  rain,  at  the  risk  of  catching  the  complaint 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    11 

herself,  and  nursed  and  watched  over  her 
old  friend  as  if  she  had  been  her  child  or 
her  mother.  Clara  Wellby  was  as  kind  a 
soul  as  any  in  Goslingford.  Wherever 
there  was  sickness  or  distress,  there  was 
Clara  Wellby  sure  to  be  found,  comforting, 
helping,  scolding.  She  had  little  to  give, 
but  she  gave  it  almost  too  freely.  No  baby 
head  had  pillowed  on  her  bosom,  no  soft 
lisping  voice  had  awakened  in  her  heart 
those  thrills  of  tender  delight  which  parents 
only  know ;  but  I  challenge  the  wifehood 
and  motherhood  of  England  to  produce 
more  benevolent  or  more  generous  feelings 
than  those  which  moved  the  actions  of 
Miss  Clara  Wellby. 

Miss  Wellby  and  Miss  Richards  were  two 
middle-aged  spinsters,  or  perhaps  they  were 
somewhat  beyond  middle  age.  They  were 
both  natives  of  Goslingford,    and .  though 


12    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

perpetually  quarrelling,  had  been  fast 
friends  from  early  childhood.  They  were, 
however,  about  as  unlike  in  taste,  charac- 
ter, disposition,  and  fortune  as  it  was 
possible  for  two  persons  to  be. 

Miss  Wellby  was  the  daughter  of  a 
former  Rector  of  Goslingford, —  Miss 
Richards  owned  the  more  humble  parent- 
age of  an  auctioneer  and  land-agent. 
When  young  their  families  had  moved  in 
rather  different  "spheres,"  but  Clara 
Wellby — handsome,  lively,  admired,  and 
sought  after  even  by  the  county  magnates 
— was  not  the  woman  to  disown  the  friend- 
ship of  her  plain,  timid,  humble  school- 
fellow, whom  she  had  always  patronized 
and  protected.  Clara  had  had  many 
admirers,  and  one  or  two  advantageous 
offers,  which  she  had  declined.  Indeed,  she 
was  in  the  habit  of  treating  love-matters  as 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    13 

a  jest,  though  it  had  been  whispered  that 
an  early  disappointment  had  something  to 
do  with  her  hard-heartedness.  But  be  that 
as  it  may,  she  never  wore  the  willow,  nor 
was  the  milk  of  human  kindness  ever 
curdled  in  her  by  the  slightest  infusion  of 
acidity. 

At  thirty  years  of  age  Harriet  Richards 
was  deeply  impressed  by  the  preaching  of 
one  of  the  Goslingford  curates,  and  from 
that  time  forth  gave  up  cards,  novels, 
fashion,  and  might  be  seen  constantly 
going  about  in  a  bonnet  shaped  like  a 
Quaker's,  a  lanky  dress,  and  a  hideous 
shawl,  with  a  basket  of  tracts  on  her 
arm. 

Ten  years  afterwards  her  father  died  and 
left  her  a  large  fortune — a  great  change  to 
Harriet,  who  had  been  brought  up  in  a 
very  homely  and  frugal  manner,  and  who 


14    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

had  no  mind  above  her  destiny.  At  first 
she  hardly  knew  what  to  do  with  it,  for, 
being  no  hoarder,  she  felt  it  ought  to  be 
spent.  So  she  took  a  large,  gloomy  house, 
which  she  furnished  in  a  dull,  tasteless, 
expensive  way — had  a  number  of  lazy 
servants  who  imposed  on  her,  innumerable 
fat  dogs  and  sleepy  cats,  and  a  large  car- 
riage and  pair  of  horses,  which  she  always 
feared  might  be  over-fatigued.  She  also 
bestowed  great  sums  on  religious  societies, 
and  gave  lavishly  to  the  poor — particularly  to 
those  who  admired  the  Evangelical  Alliance. 

And  when  the  old  Rector  died,  leaving 
his  daughter  with  very  scanty  means,  she 
offered  her  old  friend  a  home  in  her  house 
and  a  share  of  her  wealth. 

Very  unwonted  drops  glistened  in  Clara^s 
bright  eyes,  and  she  wrung  her  friend's 
hand  painfully. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    15 

"  No,  no,  Harriet,  it  will  never  do.  We 
should  quarrel  all  day  long.  The  sight  of 
that  heavy  sideboard,  and  those  great  green 
blinds,  would  throw  me  into  low  spirits. 
I  must  have  something  cheerful  to  look  at, 
and  every  time  I  got  into  the  coach  I  should 
fancy  I  was  going  to  a  funeral.  And  then, 
you  know,  I  must  have  my  novel  in  the 
evening,  and  that  would  make  you  miser- 
able, and  you  would  think  it  so  worldly  in 
me  to  have  my  dresses  made  like  other 
people,  though,  by  the  by,  I  understand 
it  is  quite  the  thing  now  for  your  very 
pious  people  to  go  visiting  the  poor,  and 
preaching  to  miners,  dressed  out  in 
silk  and  flowers  and  jewellery.  Every- 
body must  preach  now-a-days,  even 
fine  ladies,  so  you  see,  it  would  be  quite 
the  thing  for  you,  Harriet,  to  have  a  decent 
bonnet." 


16    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Miss  Wellby  spoke  quickly.  She  was  not 
fond  of  demonstrations,  and  was  eager  to 
prevent  her  friend  pressing  her  offer.  She 
could  scarcely  keep  from  embracing  Harriet, 
and  crying  heartily  as  it  was.  Miss 
Richards  now  murmured  something  about 
"  vanity,"  on  which  Clara  asked  trium- 
phantly— 

"  If  there  was  not  quite  as  much  vanity 
in  paying  two  shillings  a  yard  for  a  ribbon, 
when  one  at  one  shilling  would  do  just  as 
well,  as  in  putting  it  on  like  other  people 
after  it  was  bought  ?" 

Miss  Wellby  did  not  go  to  live  with  Miss 
Richards,  but  took  the  tiniest  of  cottages, 
with  the  tiniest  of  gardens,  quite  at  the 
other  end  of  the  town,  near  the  church,  and 
close  to  the  large  house  where  the  Browns 
lived.  But  though  the  smallest,  it  was  the 
very  neatest  and  brightest  little  abode  in 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    17 

tlie  county;  and  its  neatness  had  none  of 
the  ponderous  formality  which,  as  Clara 
said,  made  poor  Harriet's  furniture  so  de- 
pressing. Cheerful  was  the  pattern  of  the 
Kidderminster  carpet  on  the  floor,  and  the 
shilling  paper  on  the  walls  of  the  little 
drawing-room;  cheerful  the  snowy  muslin 
curtains  and  the  glass  of  gay  flowers  on 
the  table, — cheerful  as  ]\liss  Clara  herself,  . 
in  her  fashionably-made  dresses  and  cheap 
stylish  bonnets,  which  were  always  becom- 
ing to  her  still  handsome  face,  and  tall, 
straight,  almost  youthful  figure.  "  What  a 
contrast !"  said  everybody,  when  Clara  was 
seen  walking  with  her  friend;  the  little, 
awkward  old-maidish  figure  of  the  latter, 
clad  in  the  dingiest  and  dearest  of  silk 
dresses,  made  in  the  most  ludicrously  old- 
fashioned  manner,  surmounted  by  an  ugly 
shawl,  ungracefully  put  on,  and  her  plain, 
VOL.  I.  c 


18    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

long-chinned  face,  shaded  by  her  Quaker- 
bonnet. 

I  would  not,  however,  have  the  reader 
to  suppose,  from  anything  I  have  said,  that 
Miss  Clara  laughed  at  religion,  for  that 
would  be  giving  an  altogether  wrong  idea 
of  her  character.  She  only  laughed  at  her 
friend's  fashion  of  it ;  and  her  friend  thought 
it  could  not  be  genuine  in  any  other 
fashion. 

One  point,  however,  these  ladies  had  in 
common — they  were  very  fond  of  a  thorough 
good  gossip. 

"  What  are  our  tongues  made  for  but  to 
talk?"  said  Miss  Clara. 

"  Yes,  dear  Clara,  but,"  sighing,  "  we 
must  not  forget  that  the  tongue  is  a  world 
of  iniquity." 

"  It  is  St.  James  says  that,  Harriet,  and 
I  thought  all  your  kind  of  people  did  not 
think  much  of  St.  James." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    19 


"  Really,  Clara,  your  levity- 


"  Well,  at  any  rate,  you  would  not  have 
thought  much  of  him  if  he  had  been  any- 
body else  but  St.  James." 

Now  Harriet  and  Clara  were  almost 
equally  illogical,  but  Clara  had  always  the 
advantage  of  readiness  ;  and  perhaps,  after 
all,  in  all  arguments,  readiness  is  of  more 
importance  than  logic,  if  victory  be  the 
desirable  point. 

"  But,'*  says  the  reader,  "  what  has  be- 
come all  this  time  of  the  Browns  and  the 
Smiths?" 


c  'Ji. 


20    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  II. 


HANNAH      BROWN. 


William  Brown  and  Thorns'  Smith  were 
two  solicitors,  of  great  respectability,  and 
the  chief  people  in  Goslingford.  In  every- 
thing they  were  rivals.  At  elections,  Mr. 
Brown  was  agent  for  the  Reds,  and  Mr. 
Smith  for  the  Greens.  Mr.  Brown  was  a 
zealous  Churchman,  Mr.  Smith  a  dissenter. 
Mr.  Brown  liked  everything  old — old  houses, 
old  gardens,  old  acquaintances,  old  fashions. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    21 

In  idea  he  belonged  to  the  times  of  our 
grandfathers.  He  was  a  man  professing 
religion ;  but  his  religion  was  not  of  the 
shape  prevailing  just  at  present.  It  had 
considerable  resemblance  to  that  of  Miss 
Clara  Wellby.  As  I  have  said,  he  was  a 
Churchman,  but  he  almost  equally  repu- 
diated Tractarianism  and  Evangelicalism, 
and  he  would  cordially  echo  Miss  Wellby 's 
opinion  that  people  were  quite  as  good 
when  there  were  no  such  things.  Mr. 
Smith,  or  rather  Mr.  Smith's  family,  were 
innovators,  as  far  at  least  as  society  at 
Goslingford  would  permit  innovation ;  for 
though  Goslingford  politics  were,  on  the 
whole,  liberal,  and  though  the  municipal 
and  electioneering  orators  at  times  talked 
largely  of  "  progress"  and  "  enlightenment," 
and  "keeping  pace  with  the  age,"  Gosling- 
ford,  in  its  heart  of  hearts,   did  not  like 


22    THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

anything  very  different  from  what  it  had 
always  been  accustomed  to.  It  looked 
coldly  on  Mr.  Smith's  late  hours,  and 
scientific,  extra-fashionable  daughters.  It 
commended  Hannah  Brown,  who  had  never 
been  at  a  ladies'  college,  and  who  had  never 
been  seen  walking  out  either  with  a  ham- 
mer or  a  japanned  tin  case.  Goslingford 
admired  Mrs.  Ellis's  writings  amazingly, 
and  presented  the  "Women  of  England," 
and  "  The  Wives  of  England,"  on  birth- 
days and  wedding-days,  to  all  its  female 
acquaintance.  Yet  the  Smiths,  though 
much  more  commented  upon  and  criticised 
than  the  Browns,  seemed  quite  as  popular. 
The  ladies  copied  their  London  dresses,  and 
though  they  did  dine  at  half-past  six,  their 
invitations  were  rather  sought  after,  and 
their  parties  were  not,  as  might  have  been 
supposed,  too  formal  for  enjoyment.     Most 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    23 

of  the  genteel  people  in  Goslingford  visited 
both  the  Browns  and  the  Smiths,  but  all 
sided  with  one  or  other  of  these  factions. 
Miss  Clara  Wellby  was  a  Brownite,  Miss 
Harriet  Richards  was  a  Smithite;  though 
Miss  Clara  allowed  that  the  Miss  Smiths 
dressed  well,  and  Miss  Harriet  admitted  that 
Hannah  Brown  was  a  modest,  nice  girl. 

Nobody  ever  invited  the  Browns  and 
the  Smiths  to  the  same  party.  Not  that 
the  Browns  and  the  Smiths  had  quarrelled 
in  so  outrageous  a  manner  as  not  to  be  on 
speaking  terms.  That  is  not  the  fashion 
now-a-days,  except  among  very  foolish 
people.  On  the  contrary,  Mr.  Brown  and 
Mr.  Smith  forgave  each  other  their  mutual 
offences;  at  least,  they  forgave  each  other 
as  Christians,  if  not  as  men  and  lawyers. 
The  Browns  and  the  Smiths  did  not 

"  With  brawls  disturb  the  quiet  of  the  streets." 


24    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

When  Mr.  Brown  and  Mr.  Smitli  met  each 
other,  they  bowed  with  great  politeness. 
So  did  Miss  Brown  and  the  Miss  Smiths. 
They  were  Browns  and  Smiths,  you  see, 
and  not  Montagues  and  Capulets ;  and 
whoever  heard  of  two  respectable  elderly 
attorneys  drawing  their  swords,  or  even 
doubling  their  fists,  English  fashion,  at 
each  other,  however  great  their  anta- 
gonism ? 

Yet  there  is  nothing  new  under  the 
sun,  and  the  very  same  spirit  animated 
the  commonplace  Browns  and  Smiths  in 
our  own  vulgar  days,  that  wrought  on  the 
Montagues  and  Capulets  "in  the  brave 
days  of  old."  That  pretty  little  table  in 
Mr.  Smith's  drawing-room,  at  Tudor 
Lodge,  is,  after  all,  only  a  bit  of  maple- 
wood,  with  exactly  the  same  properties  as 
any  other  bit  of  maple-wood.     Cotelettes  de 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    25 

mouton  a  la  souhise  are^  as  to  all  sub- 
stantial qualities,  only  good  English  mut- 
ton chops,  with  a  little  dandified  sauce 
and  frippery  frying ;  and  so  Montagues 
and  Capulets  were  only  a  more  aristo- 
cratic and  refined  kind  of  Browns  and 
Smiths.     Or  were  they  more  refined  ? 

I  am  not  by  any  means  certain  that  a 
modern  grocer,  of  average  fortune  and 
education,  would  not  be  shocked  if  he 
were,  by  chance,  to  find  himself  in  my 
Lady  Capulet's  saloon,  by  the  want  of 
refinement  in  the  furniture,  and  the  want 
of  manners  in  the  company. 

But,  though  no  Brown  had  ever  run 
any  Smith  through  the  body,  tongues  can 
pierce  as  well  as  swords,  and  the  Browns 
and  the  Smiths  had  many  sad  tales  to 
relate  to  their  several  confidants,  of  mu- 
tual  ungentlemanliness   and   unfairness  — 


26    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

tales  which,  somehow  or  other,  always 
oozed  out,  in  a  quiet  way,  to  the  whole 
public. 

A  generation  or  two  back  Mr.  Smith's 
progenitor  had  been  a  clerk  in  the  office  of 
Mr.  Brown's  grandfather,  or  great  grand- 
father; but,  having  quarrelled,  the  Smith 
of  that  day  set  up  for  himself.  While  he 
had  been  with  Mr.  Brown  it  had  always 
been  supposed  that  he  shared  that  gentle- 
man's sentiments ;  but,  after  the  separa- 
tion, it  was  discovered  that  his  opinions 
were  exactly  antagonistic.  He  was  imme- 
diately taken  by  the  hand  by  the  anti- 
Brown  faction  in  the  borough,  and,  ere 
long,  was  put  forward  for  the  town-council, 
and,  in  time,  for  the  mayoralty.  From 
that  time  the  Smiths  had  held  their  heads 
as  high  as  the  Browns.  But  even  after 
this  elevation,  the  elite,  the  creme  de  la 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    27 

creme,  of  Goslingford,  did  not,  for  a  time 
visit  the  Smiths.  It  was  even  hinted  that 
they  were  pushing  and  vulgar;  but  we  all 
know,  ever  since  we  wrote  in  copy- 
books, that  perseverance,  like  faith, 
removes  mountains.  And  so  the  per- 
severance of  the  Smiths  removed  even  the 
mountain  of  country-town  exclusivism. 
The  Smiths  were  a  race  of  people  who 
never  lost  anything  for  want  of  trying 
for  it.  Their  pluck — the  Brownites  called 
it  brass  —  was  wonderful.  Where  the  • 
Browns  were  too  proud  or  too  lazy  to 
befriend  themselves,  the  Smiths  stepped  in 
preventing  them.  They  ought  to  have 
been  celebrated  in  Mr.  Smiles's  book  as 
remarkable  instances  of  Self-Help.  But, 
notwithstanding,  the  Smiths  were  good 
people  enough  —  at  least  the  Smiths  of 
the   generation    of  which    I   am  writing. 


28    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

What  the  Smith  —  the  original  Smith, 
who  so  suddenly  changed  his  po- 
litical and  religious  principles  —  was,  it 
does  not  now  concern  me  to  say,  though 
I  may  have  my  own  opinion.  To  say  the 
least  of  it,  he  chose  an  unfortunate  time 
for  his  character,  if  it  was  a  highly  pro- 
pitious one  for  his  interests,  though  the  anti- 
Brown  faction  always  upheld  his  recanta- 
tion as  an  act  of  magnanimous  candour. 
But  our  Smith  —  the  Thomas  Smith  al- 
ready mentioned,  was  a  conscientious  dis- 
senter— at  least,  he  thought  so  himself — an 
indulgent  and  fond  father,  and,  though 
with  a  sharp  eye  to  his  own  interest,  an 
honest  and  honourable  man,  whatever  the 
Brownites  might  say,  and  wonderfully 
benevolent  for  a  lawyer.  He  would  have 
been  friendly  even  with  Mr.  Brown,  if  Mr. 
Brown   would    have    let    him;    but    that 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    29 

elderly  solicitor,  or  attorney,  as  he  called 
himself — "attorneys,  in  his  day,  were  not 
ashamed  of  being  attorneys  " — rode,  as  his 
rival  said,  such  a  high  horse,  that  it  was 
impossible. 

''  He  always  treats  me  as  if  I  were  no 
better  than  a  pettifogger,"  said  Mr.  Thomas 
Smith,  not  unreasonably  affronted,  "  as  if  I 
were  going  to  refuse  Sir  George's  business 
when  it  was  offered  to  me,  with  my  large 
family  to  provide  for.  It  is  very  different 
with  Brown,  who  has  only  that  girl 
Hannah,  poor  man ! "  added  Mr.  Smith, 
with  a  momentary  feeling  for  the  family 
misfortunes  of  his  rival ;  then  adding,  with 
a  mingling  of  compassion  and  bitterness,  as 
he  continued  his  after-dinner  tete-d-tete  with 
his  wife,  '^  I  believe  he  thought  I  was  glad 
when  that  poor  boy  of  his  died." 

'^Then,  my  dear,"  said  Mrs.  Smith— who 


80    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

was  a  quick-tempered  woman,  and  to  her 
kind  husband  a  most  affectionate  wife,  and 
the  most  thorough-going  of  his  partisans, 
though  the  Brownites  said  that  in  his 
marriage  even  he  had  "had  an  eye  to  the 
main  chance," — "  I  am  astonished  at  his 
wickedness.  I  did  not  think  even  old 
Brown  would  have  been  so  uncharitable. 
And  to  indulge  in  such  feelings,  too,  after 
such  chastenings  as  he  has  had.  What  a 
long  illness  poor  Mrs.  Brown's  was,  and 
then  the  little  girl  that  died  of  measles. 
His  sorrows  seem  to  have  had  no 
effect  on  his  stony  heart.  I  never  knew 
such  an  obstinate  man.  I  have  no  patience 
with  him." 

Now,  unlike  his  wife,  it  was  whe.n  he 
thought  of  his  sorrows  that  Mr.  Smith  had 
a  little  patience  with  his  rival.  He  could 
at  such  moments  even  make  some  allow- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    31 

ance  for  Mr.  Brown's  bitterness  and  obsti- 
nacy, however  much  they  might  gall  him 
at  other  times.  Now  as  he  looked  from 
the  pleasant  though  spirited  face  of  his 
wife,  and  from  the  comfortable  dessert  and 
wine  on  the  table  at  his  three  handsome 
daughters  swinging  their  younger  brother 
in  a  swing  which  hung  from  a  high  tree  at 
the  further  end  of  the  flower-decked  lawn, 
he  thought  with  pity  of  poor  Brown  in  his 
great  old  house  by  the  church,  with  only 
poor  little  Hannah  stealing  about  the 
gloomy,  old-fashioned  chambers. 

After  a  few  seconds'  pause,  Mrs.  Smith 
continued — 

"  Even  if  he  had  lived,  poor  puny  little 
fellow,  he  would  never  have  been  a  match 
for  our  Edgar ;  and  as  for  Hannah,  I  am 
quite  sorry  for  her,  poor  little  ignorant, 
unformed  thing ! " 


32    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

And  Mrs.  Smith  glanced  througli  the 
window,  too,  with  looks  of  proud  compla- 
cency. 

*'How  do  you  know,  my  dear,  that  she 
is  ignorant  and  unformed  ?  I  did  not  know 
you  had  ever  spoken  to  her.  Clara  Wellby 
says  she  is  clever." 

"  Oh,  but  you  know  all  Miss  Wellby's 
geese  are  swans,  and  she  will  hear  of 
nothing  but  perfection  in  those  Browns. 
They  are  church  people,  you  know,  and 
with  Miss  Wellby  that  is  everything.  But 
I  must  go  and  see  about  Edgar  s  room — he 
is  to  be  home  to-morrow." 

And  with  a  proud  mother's  delight  in  a 
first-born  son,  Mrs.  Smith  went  joyfully  to 
prepare  for  the  return  of  hers  after  some 
years'  absence. 

Smiths  and  Browns  have  their  pride  as 
well  as  Montagues  and  Capulets,  and   to 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    33 

them,  as  to  the  whole  human  race,  belongs 
the  same  tale  of  anxious  affection, 
triumphant  love,  disappointment,  sorrow, 
and  sadness — the  old,  old  tale,  never  new, 
but  ever  pathetic. 

As  I  have  already  said,  no  railway  had 
yet  reached  Goslingford.  There  was  a 
station,  however,  about  ten  miles  from  the 
place  ;  and  a  vehicle,  something  between  an 
omnibus  and  an  old-fashioned  stage-coach, 
conveyed  passengers  to  and  from  that 
borough.  About  a  dozen  miles  further, 
upon  the  line  of  railway,  there  was  a  manu- 
facturing town  of  some  importance — of 
great  importance  to  the  Goslingford  ladies, 
as  most  of  their  fashions  were  derived  from 
thence,  and  most  of  them  when  young 
had  been  sent  to  a  fashionable  boarding 
school,  there  to  be  "  finished."  To  have 
been  "finished"  at  Miss  Slater's  was  for  a 

VOL.  I.  D 


34    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

long  time  at  Goslingford  synonymous  with 
being  in  possession  of  every  accomplish- 
ment the  heart  of  woman  could  desire  or 
the  eye  of  man  admire.  But  the  Miss 
Smiths  had  taken  a  higher  flight.  They  had 
been  "  finished  "  in  London  at  a  "  Ladies' 
College/'  where  there  were  lecturers  on  all 
the  sciences,  professors  of  all  the  languages 
and  literatures,  and  where  "  artists  of 
celebrity  "  gave  instruction  in  every  kind  of 
art.  At  this  feminine  university  the 
Miss  Smiths  learned  "  everything,"  —  at 
least  so  said  Goslingford  gossip,  with  a 
curious  mixture  of  awe  and  contempt.  No 
wonder,  then,  that  the  Miss  Smiths  so  far 
outshone  the  Goslingford  ladies  in  general, 
and  Hannah  Brown  in  particular — poor 
Hannah  Brown  never  even  having  been  at 
Miss  Slater's.  Goslingford  had  been  of 
opinion  that  Mr.  Brown  had  done  wisely 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    35 

"  not  to  turn  Hannah's  head  "  by  sending 
her  to  London  ;  and  Miss  Wellby  remarked 
that  ^*  people  long  ago  were  much  more 
amusing  and  much  less  conceited  when 
they  had  not  learned  so  many  things." 
But  it  was  a  different  affair  not  sending 
her  to  Miss  Slater's.  Even  Miss  Wellby 
could  not  defend  that.  It  was  making  poor 
Plannah  inferior  to  other  Goslingford  girls, 
and  with  William  Brown's  fortune,  too, 
and  Hannah  an  only  daughter ! 

Hannah  said  nothing — showed  nothing, 
but  she  felt  it  keenlyh  erself,  poor  girl!  In 
her  simple  heart  she  probably  overrated  the 
advantages  to  be  obtained  at  Miss  Slater's 
— as,  indeed,  we  are  all  apt  to  overrate 
those  advantages  which  we  have  just  missed 
obtaining. 

Hannah  did  her  best  to  supply  herself 
the   deficiencies   of    her    education.      She 

D  2 


36    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

practised  diligently  at  the  handsome  piano 
her  father  had  given  her  (the  only  new- 
thing  in  the  house),  and  accompanied  her 
performance  with  her  own  wood-notes  wild. 
She  copied  the  ancient  arches,  the  picturesque 
tower,  and  the  old  porch  of  the  church 
with  photographic  accuracy,  and  she  made 
sketches  of  all  the  trees  and  all  the  decay- 
ing stumps  in  the  neighbourhood.  She 
even  tried  her  hand  at  bead  mats,  at  wax 
flowers,  at  potichomanie.  But  somehow  or 
other  all  her  own  performances  seemed  to 
herself  to  be  failures  —  not  like  other 
people's.  And  certainly  they  were  not 
very  like  other  people's — in  Goslingford,  at 
least. 

Once,  when  Hannah  Brown  had  taken 
courage  to  show  one  of  her  little  pencil 
sketches  to  an  acquaintance — the  subject, 
an  ancient  oak,  with  one  green  branch,  and 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    37 

the  others  sapless  and  leafless,  a  gipsy-cart, 
and  one  or  two  figures  beneath  it,  and  a 
donkey  in  the  background — the  lady  in 
question  had  looked  at  it,  and  in  a  careless 
tone,  without  seeming  to  see  it,  had  pro- 
nounced it  "  very  pretty,"  and  then  gone 
on  to  describe  the  exquisite  view  of  Tin- 
tern  Abbey,  by  moonlight,  in  water- 
colours,  done  at  the  college  by  Miss 
Venetia  Smith.  Poor  Hannah  never 
showed  her  drawings  again.  She  was 
proud  and  shy,  and  loved  approbation, 
and  such  people  have  a  keen  sense  of  mor- 
tification. 

Hannah's  attempts  at  the  sciences  were 
very  humble.  She  had  read  Hugh  Miller's 
^'  Testimony  of  the  Rocks,"  Mrs.  Somer- 
ville's  "Physical  Geography,"  and  a  few 
popular  papers  in  the  publications  of  the 
Messrs.  Chambers.     She  had  made  a  most 


38    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

valiant  attempt  at  ^'  Kosmos,"  and  the 
"  Connection  of  the  Physical  Sciences,"  but 
had  been  utterly  routed  by  the  hard  words. 
She  had  tried  mathematics,  but  had  never 
even  reached  the  jpons  asinorum,  it  was  so 
intolerably  dry,  and  the  dread  conviction 
began  to  force  itself  upon  her  mind  that 
her  capacity  by  no  means  equalled  her 
ambition.  What  wonderful  girls  the  Miss 
Smiths  must  be  I — and  how  superior  to 
her !  Now,  if  Hannah  Brown  had  been 
an  angel,  she  would,  of  course,  have  been 
delighted  to  be  inferior  to  the  Miss  Smiths, 
but  she  was  no  angel — only  a  girl,  though 
equal,  perhaps  superior,  to  the  average  in 
amiability ;  therefore  she  was  vexed  and 
depressed.  She  had  been  taught  French, 
for  that  could  be  acquired  in  Goslingford, 
and  she  had  purchased  a  book  called 
"  German  without  a  Master,"  by  means  of 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    39 

which  she  had  endeavoured  to  make  her- 
self mistress  of  that  crabbed  but  romantic 
tongue.  She  did  not,  however,  acquire 
facility  in  it  with  that  rapidity  which 
the  preface  of  her  book  promised,  and 
again  poor  Hannah  felt  a  keen  sense  of 
inferiority,  not  only  of  attainment,  but  of 
ability.  For  general  literature  she  had  a 
greater  aptitude,  and,  during  her  long, 
mostly  solitary  days,  devoured  quantities 
of  books,  her  father  allowing  her  to  sub- 
scribe to  as  many  libraries  as  she  pleased. 
For  some  few  years,  reading  was  to  Hannah 
at  once  a  pursuit  and  end ;  but  at  twenty 
years  of  age,  the  cui  bono  of  that,  and  of 
her  whole  existence,  began  to  suggest  itself 
painfully  to  her  mind.  Oh  !  how  weary 
seemed  her  life  in  that  silent,  empty  house  ! 
and  how  purposeless ! 

Hannah  Brown  had  read  and   admired 


40    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Keble — privately — for  he  was  tabooed  by 
Goslingford  in  general,  and  she  knew 

"  The  daily  round,  the  common  task, 
Furnish  all  we  ought  to  ask  ;  " 

and  that  they  did  not  to  her,  was  surely  a 
proof  that  she  had  an  ill-regulated  mind. 
Sometimes  the  large,  tall,  substantial  red 
house  with  the  high  flight  of  steps  up  to 
the  invisible-green  door,  seemed  to  Hannah 
almost  as  silent  and  sepulchral  as  the 
heavy,  square  tomb,  like  a  huge  stone 
trunk,  which  covered  the  mortal  parts  of 
her  mother,  sister,  and  brother.  They  had 
been  dead  for  years,  but  she  could  re- 
member them  all,  and  sometimes,  as  she 
wandered  about  in  the  walks  of  the  longr 
garden  at  the  back  of  the  house,  between 
the  rows  of  espaliers,  looking  vacantly  at 
the  York  and  Lancaster  roses,  and  the 
Canterbury   bells,  she  used  to  fancy  that 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    41 

if  they — not  the  roses  and  the  bells,  but 
the  above  named  individuals — had  been 
alive,  she  should  never  have  been  dull. 
She  often  wished  that,  instead  of  being 
covered  with  that  monstrous  box-ottoman, 
their  grave,  with  a  cross  or  a  circle  at  the 
head,  had  been  planted  with  flowers.  It 
would  have  been  so  sweet — quite  an  object 
in  life —to  tend  them.  But  that  frightful 
tomb  with  the  spiked  iron-railings  all 
round  ! 

Hannah  never  looked  at  it,  but  the 
quaintly  horrible  problem  would  present 
itself  to  her  mind,  of  how  its  tenants 
would  ever  get  out  on  the  Resurrection 
morning.  She  knew  it  was  a  very  pro- 
fane idea,  and  one  that  would  fill  all  Gos- 
lingford,  and  more  especially  her  father, 
with  horror  and  indignation,  so  she  sedu- 
lously kept  it  to  herself. 


42    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Goslingford  was  devoted  to  the  box- 
ottoman  and  anti- resurrection  style  of 
monument,  to  an  extent  that,  had  the 
orthodoxy  of  the  place  not  been  beyond 
suspicion,  might  have  led  to  a  suspicion  of 
Sadduceeism,  and  it  despised  all  mediaeval- 
ism  and  innovation,  as  Puseyite  and  weak- 
minded.  Crosses  and  circles,  roses  and 
immortelle,  might  be  very  well  in  Pere  la 
Chaise, — but  in  Goslingford  churchyard! 
The  sound  English  common-sense  of  the 
place  revolted  at  such  frivolity  ! 

And  so  poor  Hannah  Brown  could  find 
no  refuge  from  the  comfortable  dreariness 
of  her  life  in  the  poetic  piety  of  visiting  her 
dead  mother's  grave.  It  was  hard.  She 
should  have  liked  so  much  in  some  way, 
at  once  tangible  and  beautiful,  to  have 
connected  herself  still  with  her  sweet,  sad 
mother,  who  had  faded  away  so  gently  into 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    43 

the  "  silent  land."  Nor  had  she  ever 
found  any  break,  in  the  too  smooth  flowing 
current  of  her  life,  from  the  rocks  and 
shoals  of  love  affairs — unfortunate  or  other- 
wise. At  twenty  years  of  age,  Hannah 
Brown  had  never  even  had,  as  far  as  she 
knew,  so  much  as  the  ghost  of  a  lover.  It 
was  rather  mortifying. 

There  were  not  very  many  eligible  beaux 
in  Goslingford,  still  several  of  the  girls  had 
lovers ;  and  at  evening  parties  all  of  them 
had  more  partners  than  Hannah  Brown. 

It  was  very — very  mortifying.  Hannah 
knew  that  a  superior  mind  would  have  been 
above  being  mortified  for  such  a  cause ;  but 
she  wcLs  mortified,  ergo,  she  could  not  have 
a  superior  mind.  And  now  what  was  the 
cause  of  this  most  mortifying  fact  ?  Why 
were  Miss  Venetia,  and  Miss  Julietta,  and 
Miss  Laura  Victoria  Smith  for  ever  on  the 


44    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

floor,  while  poor  Hannah  Brown  acted  no 
more  prominent  part  than  that  of  wall- 
flower ?  Often — undignifiedly,  passionately 
often,  had  she  asked  the  question  of  herself, 
and  asked  it  even  with  tears. 

Was  she  uglier  than  other  people  ?  She 
had  stood  in  front  of  the  old  oblong  mirror 
in  an  ebony  frame,  which  had  been  nailed 
lengthwise  on  the  end  of  her  bedroom  to 
supply  the  place  of  a  cheval  glass,  and 
had  asked  herself  this  question  dozens  and 
dozens  of  times ;  and,  it  might  be  her 
vanity,  but  the  plate-glass  oracle  had  never 
answered  "  Yes."  She  could  not  see  any- 
thing repulsive  in  her  young,  slender, 
slightly  drooping  figure — in  her  shy  brown 
eyes,  nor  in  her  long  chestnut  ringlets. 
Nay,  these  latter  she  was  quite  sure  were 
pretty.  What  could  it  be  ?  What  was 
she  to   do  ?      Sometimes   she   thought   of 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    45 

adopting  a  more  showy,  flouncy  style  of 
dress — like  the  Miss  Smiths ;  but  when  it 
came  to  the  point,  somehow  Hannah  always 
felt  she  could  not  go  out  so.  People  would 
laugh  at  her,  and  say  she  was  copying  the 
Smiths,  and  "anything  rather  than  that," 
thought  Hannah  Brown.  And  besides, 
surely  her  own  style  of  dress  became  her 
better;  and  though  she  scarcely  acknow- 
ledged it  to  herself,  and  doubtless  she 
might  be  mistaken,  she  instinctively  pre- 
ferred her  own  appearance  to  that  of  the 
Miss  Smiths. 

And  now,  good  reader,  I  fancy  I  hear 
you  say  :  "  What  a  conceited  girl !"  But 
before  you  pass  sentence  on  poor  Hannah 
Brown,  think  for  a  moment.  You  do  not 
mean  to  tell  me  that  you  really  think  your- 
self ugly.  You  do  not  mean  to  say,  0 
my   lady   reader !     that   you    have   never 


46    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

viewed  with  satisfaction  your  fair  face  in 
that  glass  which  rests  on  your  toilette  :  or, 
if  per  force,  candour  has  compelled  you  to 
acknowledge  that  there  are  fairer  faces 
than  your  own,  have  you  not  been  amply 
consoled  by  remarking  the  symmetry  of 
your  figure,  and  the  elegance  of  your  car- 
riage ?  or,  if  your  figure  had  some  faults, 
did  you  not  lay  the  flattering  unction  to 
your  soul,  that  your  countenance  had  an 
expression,  your  presence  an  air,  your 
tout  ensemble^  a  ''''  je  ne  sais  qaoi^^  in  fact 
(you  know  I  don't  set  up  for  originality), 
which  amply  atoned  for  any  mere  defect  of 
form  ?  As  for  you,  my  gentleman  reader, 
you,  of  course,  being  a  man,  never  com- 
promised your  dignity  by  fidgeting  over 
the  sit  of  your  necktie,  or  admiring  the 
exquisite  twirl  of  your  moustache.  If  you 
have  never  done  any  of  these  things,  then 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    47 

condemn  Hannah  Brown ;  but  don't  expect 
me  to  do  the  same.  Shocking  as  it  may- 
seem,  I  prefer  persons  who  have  a  little 
personal  vanity.  It  makes  them  so  much 
more  agreeable,  provided  they  have  a  little 
confidence  as  well,  which  poor  Hannah 
Brown  had  not.  Poor  Hannah  Brown 
then  had  failed  to  solve  the  problem  of  her 
own  unattractiveness.  It  had  never  struck 
her  that  to  be  interesting,  one  must  be 
interested. 

The  company  of  the  Goslingford  beaux 
in  general,  and  their  topics  of  conversation, 
were  generally  terribly  tedious  to  poor 
Hannah.  She  always  fancied  that  they  did 
not  think  her  worthy  of  any  better  conver- 
sation. It  had  not  as  yet  struck  her  that 
they  might  have  no  better,  or  that  ladies 
might  be  found,  in  tolerably  plentiful 
numbers,  who  could  really  be  animated  and 


48  THE    BROWNS    Ami    THE    SMITHS. 

charmed  by  what  seemed  to  her  so  flat  and 
unprofitable. 

Hannah  was  one  of  those  persons  who 
cannot  feign.  When  she  was  weary  she 
looked  weary.  I  do  not  praise  her  for  this, 
and  if  there  be  any  persons  who  consider 
impoliteness  a  duty,  she  did  not  deserve 
even  their  commendation.  She  tried  hard 
to  seem  lively  and  interested,  but  it  would 
not  do.  It  was  quite  beyond  her  powers. 
In  spite  of  herself  she  looked  absent  and  un- 
interested. She  was  generally  considered  "  a 
good-natured  kind  of  girl — but  no  fun  in 
her  at  all."  I  fear  poor  Hannah  Brown  was 
Sifemme  incomprise,  though  it  seems  very  odd 
that  anybody  with  such  a  name — Hannah 
— and  Brown!  should  be  anything  so 
"novel-like."  I  do  not  mean  new.  Oh  no,  it 
must  be  a  mistake,  there  could  be  no  such 
foreign  monster  in  Goslingford — and   that 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    49 

very  ordinary  Hannah  Brown  of  all  people 
in  the  world  —Hannah  Brown,  whom  even 
that  zealous  Smithite,  Miss  Richards, 
praised  because  she  "  never  flirted."  Ah  ! 
Miss  Richards, — 

"Things  are  not  what  they  seem." 

Quiet,  sensible  Hannah  Brown,  who  never 
dressed  fine,  would  have  had  no  objection 
to  flirt,  as  you  call  flirting,  if  she  could 
have  found  an  eligible  opportunity;  for  — 

"  The  lads  like  lasses, 
And  the  lasses,  lads  too  " 

And  were  they  not  meant  to  do  so  ? 


VOL.  I. 


50    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  III. 

HANNAH   brown's   FIRST   ADVENTURE. 

The  only  diversity  in  the  even  tenor  of 
Hannah  Brown's  existence  at  Goslingforcl 
was  an  occasional  expedition  to  the  town  of 
Buttonborough — the  same  large  manufac- 
turing town,  illuminated  by  that  seat  of 
every  accomplishment  (if  not  of  all  the 
sciences),  Miss  Slater's  establishment  for 
young  ladies. 

Hannah  went  to  Buttonborough  to  shop, 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    51 

sometimes  accompanied  by  Miss  Clara 
Wellby,  whom,  though  no  relative,  she 
always  called  "Aunt  Clara;"  and  some- 
times alone.  When  alone  she  always 
took  an  early  dinner  with  old  Mrs. 
Beddoes — a  deaf  old  lady  above  seventy, 
who'  only  heard  through  an  ear-trumpet, 
and  who  was  very  fat  and  sleepy,  and 
always  treated  Hannah  as  if  she  were  ten 
years  old.  It  was  on  one  of  those  lively 
occasions  in  the  "leafy  month  of  June," 
when  the  days  were  long,  the  sun  bright, 
the  roads  dusty,  and  the  evening  breeze 
still  easterly  and  chill,  that  Hannah  Brown 
was  returning  by  train  from  Button- 
borough  to  the  Dustwhirl  Road  Station, 
whence  she  was  to  be  conveyed  home  by 
the  Goslingford  omnibus.  Hannah  had 
taken  a  cab,  which  had  carried  herself  and 
her  purchases  to  the  Great  Buttonborough 

E  2 


52    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

station,  where  diiferent  trains  were  starting 
from  various  platforms  for  all  points  of  the 
compass.  There  was  a  great  bustle,  and 
Hannah  was  rather  late.  She  almost  feared 
losing  the  train,  which  would  have  been  an 
awful  catastrophe,  as  she  had  ''promised 
her  father  faithfully "  (what  is  ]jromising 
faithfully  ?)  that  by  that  very  train  she 
should  certainly  be  home ;  and  she  well 
knew  the  fuss  and  anxiety  that  would  per- 
vade the  great  red  house  by  the  church, 
should  she  not  keep  her  appointment.  In 
her  mind's  eye  she  saw  her  father  with 
knitted  brows,  and  taking  out  his  watch 
every  instant,  pacing  up  and  down  the 
paved  alley  by  the  churchyard  railings, 
which  led  from  their  house  to  the  main 
street,  muttering  as  he  walked,  with  an 
anxious  heart  and  an  irritated  temper. 
He  would  not  say  much  to  her,  Hannah 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    53 

knew,  but  she  dreaded  beyond  everything 
the  frowning  face,  and  the  gloomy  evening, 
and  the  cold  "  Good  night,  Hannah,"  which 
would  end  it. 

Hannah  had  all  her  life  been  afraid  of 
her  father,  and  yet  he  was  a  fond  father, 
and  not  by  any  means  a  bad-tempered  man. 
If  she  could  only  have  coaxed  him  a  little 
when  he  was  irritated,  all  would  have  been 
well.  But  she  could  not  do  that,  she  was 
too  frightened.  It  was  this  fear  which  had 
all  her  life  weakened  her  love  for  him — this 
fear,  coupled  with  a  feeling,  only  partly 
acknowledged,  that  he  ought  to  have  done 
more  to  make  her  life  pleasant. 

^'Surely,"  thought  Hannah,  "he  can 
never  have  been  young."  And  there 
Hannah  was  right.  William  Brown  never 
had  been  young,  and  he  had  no  sympathy 
with  youth.     A  strange  compound  of  anti- 


54    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

quated  prejudices,  high  moral  principles, 
honourable  feelings,  strong  business  sense, 
intellectual  narrowness,  formal  habits, 
warm  but  undemonstiative  feelings,  and 
narrow  sympathies,  he  had  no  more  con- 
ception of  his  daughter  Hannah  than  of  the 
man  in  the  moon,  if  modern  enlightenment 
w^ill  permit  me  the  dear  old  simile  of  my 
childhood. 

And  thus  father  and  daughter  lived 
and  loved — yes,  loved ;  for  either  would 
have  died  for  the  other.  But  their  mutual 
love  added  little  to  the  happiness  of 
either.  In  an  economico-affectionate  point 
of  view,  it  was  a  sheer  waste  of  the  pre- 
cious material,  and  no  "  Moral  Wealth  of 
Nations "  had  shown  them  how  it  might 
be  turned  to  account. 

Hannah,  however,  saved  the  train  on  the 
present    occasion,  tumbling   in,    head-fore- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    55 

most,  with  her  arms  full  of  parcels,  just  as 
the  carriages  began  to  move  and  the 
whistle  to  shriek,  tripping,  as  she  did  so, 
over  the  legs  of  a  male  fellow-passenger, 
who  prevented  her  further  fall  by  catching 
her  in  his  arms. 

Sensitive  Hannah  Brown  blushed  up 
to  her  forehead  at  her  own  awkwardness, 
and  could  scarcely  find  voice  to  say — 

"  I  beg  your  pardon." 

^'  Oh  !  pray  don't  mention  it !  "  said  the 
gentleman  addressed,  who  was  young  and 
well-looking,  though  with  a  certain  air  of 
superciliousness,  which  was  not  altogether 
becoming,  and  made  Hannah  Brown  feel 
more  vexed  still.  Or  perhaps  I  was  wrong 
in  the  term  superciliousness.  There  was 
too  much  vanity,  and  too  little  pride  in  it 
for  superciliousness.  Will  the  reader,  with 
a  classical  taste,  and  a  chaste  ear  for  Ian- 


56  THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

guage,  permit  me  to  call  it  patronisingness  ? 
Hannah's  fellow-traveller  looked  as  if  there 
could  be  no  doubt  that  he  was  very  supe- 
rior to  the  world  in  general ;  but  as  if,  at 
the  same  time,  he  was  good-humouredly 
resolved  to  tolerate  and  patronise  it,  and 
to  be  amused  with,  rather  than  contemp- 
tuous of,  its  inferiority.  He  might  have 
been  a  London-bred  man,  coming  down  to 
see  his  country  cousins,  and  then,  of 
course,  the  frame  of  mind  I  have  indicated 
would  have  been  quite  natural.  Country 
cousins  always  are  so  inferior  in  sense,  and 
wit,  and  knowledge  to  their  London  rela- 
tives. And  then  their  dress !  What  can 
be  so  outrageously  absurd? — though  it  is 
the  same  that  was  worn  in  town  only 
last  year. 

Hannah    Brown    never    spoke    to    her 
fellow-passengers  in — ^railway  trains,  I  was 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    57 

going  to  have  said — but  I  mean  in  the 
railway  train  between  Buttonborough  and 
Dustwhirl  Road  Station,  for  she  had  never 
been  in  any  other.  She  was  not  sorry, 
however,  to  be  spoken  to.  But  this  was 
an  event  which  rarely  occurred.  Poor 
Hannah's  shyness  was  generally  catching 
to  her  companions.  There  are,  however, 
some  individuals  whose  constitutions  are 
proof  against  certain  diseases,  even  when 
exposed  to  infection  in  the  most  unguarded 
manner.  Hannah's  present  fellow-traveller 
had  an  idiosyncrasy  of  this  nature.  A 
female  Marlow  would  not  have  daunted 
him,  any  more  than  the  male  one  did  Miss 
Hardcastle.  Moreover,  he  had  discovered, 
what  the  Goslingford  beaux  had  never  yet 
found  out,  that  this  country  girl  had  very 
pretty  brown  eyes  and  hair,  and  it  struck 
him  that  it  would  pass  the  time  quite  as 


58    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

quickly  to  amuse  himself  with  her  naivete 
and  shyness,  as  to  go  on  reading  the  book 
with  the  bright  yellow  cover,  which  had 
hitherto  been  the  not  unpleasant  com- 
panion of  his  journey.  He  fancied,  too, 
that  the  sight  of  so  magnificent  a  hero 
as  himself  might  have  had  something  to  do 
with  his  companion's  shyness.  He  began: — 

"Rather  a  prettyish  line  this! — very 
English  I  " 

"  Very  pretty,  and,  I  daresay,  very 
English  ;  but,  as  I  have  never  been  out 
of  England,  I  have  had  no  opportunity 
of  judging  of  it  by  comparison." 

"  Never  out  of  England  !  I  fancied  you 
must  have  travelled." 

Now,  Hannah's  sensitiveness  and  quick- 
ness of  perception  made  her  instanta- 
neously aware  that  her  companion  was 
indulging  in  banter,  and,  feeling  a  little 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    59 

angry  and  very  awkward,  she  said 
abruptly — 

"  I  have  never  been  anywhere  but  at 
Buttonborough,   in  my  life." 

"  Never  been  anywhere  but  at  Button- 
borough  in  your  life ! "  and  he  looked  in- 
finitely amused,  but  too  well-bred  abso- 
lutely to  laugh.  "  Why,  you  are  the 
wonder  of  the  age.  I  might  have  travelled 
all  over  Europe  without  meeting  the  one 
personage  who  has  never  been  anywhere 
but  at  Buttonborough.  You  are  indeed  a 
vara   avis."        ^ 

'^  Not  an  avis  at  all,  I  assure  you,"  said 
Hannah,  blushing,  and  feeling  a  little  in- 
dignation, at  the  same  time  not  blind  to 
the  humorous  light  in  which  this,  to  her 
mortifying  fact,  might  appear  to  the 
traveller;  "if  I  had,  I  should  have  flown 
away  long  ago." 


60    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  Ah !  I  see  you  are  a  chained  eagle,  or 
caged  swallow.  So  this  is  your  first 
railway  journey.  I  hope  it  is  to  be  as 
long  as  you  would  wish  it  to  be." 

"  It  is  not  my  first  railway  journey.  I 
have  often   been  to  Buttonborough." 

"I  beg  your  pardon.  I  thought  But- 
tonborough was  your  home,  and  that 
this  very  day  marked  the  remarkable  era 
of  your  first  flight  from  it — the  Hegira 
of  Miss  Blank  from  Buttonborough.  Dies 
cretd  notanda.  You  have  learned  Latin, 
I  perceive." 

"  No,  never ;  but  I  understand  these 
common  things,  and  often  a  short  Latin 
sentence,  without  having  learnt  it." 

"  Indeed.  You  mean,  in  short,  but 
are  too  modest  to  say  so,  that  you  are 
quite  a  female  Mezzofante." 

Hannah  blushed  and  laughed,  and  yet, 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    61 

in  spite  of  his  banter,  she  had  never  felt 
so  much  at  her  ease  with  a  person  of  his 
sex  before. 

"  No,  no,  I  don't  mean  anything  of  the 
sort.     You  are  really  too  bad." 

Now,  Hannah's  companion  had  fancied 
that  a  girl  who  had  never  been  "  anywhere 
but  at  Buttonborough,"  was  not  likely  to 
have  heard  of  the  celebrated  Cardinal- 
linguist  ;  but  she  evidently  had.  Indeed, 
she  did  not  seem  ignorant,  and  her  manners 
were  lady-like,  and  our  young  railway 
traveller  began  to  feel  some  little  curiosity 
to  know  where  she  did  live. 

"Buttonborough,  then,  is  not  your 
home.    You  live  in  the  country,  I  suppose?" 

"  No,  I  live  in  Goslingford." 

*'  In  Goslingford  I "  he  repeated,  in  a 
tone  of  real-  surprise,  and  looking  for  a 
minute  full  in  Hannah's  face,  but  without 


62    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

any  impertinence  in  the  gaze.  As  he  did 
so,  a  faint  reminiscence,  like  the  memory  of 
a  dream,  came  across  her  mind,  that  she 
had  seen  that  good-looking,  good-natured, 
self-complacent  face  before.  Surely  those 
saucy  blue  eyes  were  not  altogether  un- 
known to  her.  But  Hannah  Brown  had 
never  been  out  of  Goslingford,  except  to 
go  to  Buttonborough,  and  in  neither  of 
these  places  had  she  ever  met  in  society 
the  person  she  now  saw.  Goslingford  would 
not  have  tolerated  the  Frenchified  cut  of 
his  coat,  or  the  glossy  curl  of  his  brown 
moustache,  for  Goslingford,  only  a  few 
years  ago,  held  all  hirsute  facial  decora- 
tions, except  whiskers,  in  abomination  ; 
and  there  is,  to  my  mind,  no  more  con- 
clusive proof  of  the  amazing  velocity  of 
"  progress,"  in  these  latter  days,  than  that 
beards,   moustachios,    and    imperials    now 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    63 

abound  in  that  thoroughly  English  town. 
There  are,  however,  a  few  individuals, 
with  Miss  Wellby  at  their  head,  who  per- 
sist in  considering  all  that,  in  their  opinion, 
superfluous  hair,  a  proof,  not  of  the  advance- 
ment, but  of  the  degeneracy  of  the  times. 
And  when  Miss  Richards,  who  naturally 
takes  the  unbecoming  side  of  the  ques- 
tion, happens  to  suggest  that  they  are 
healthy,  and  keep  off  consumption,  her 
friend  and  adversary  will  reply  triumph- 
antly— 

'*  Healthy  I  Dirty,  you  mean,  Harriet.  I 
am  an  old-fashioned  person,  and  believe 
that  cleanliness  is  akin  to  godliness ;  but 
you  don't,  I  see,  so  we'll  say  no  more 
about  it." 

As  I  have  said,  then,  the  moustache  was 
proof  positive  that  Hannah  could  not  have 
seen  her  fellow-traveller  either  at  Gosling- 


64    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

ford,  or  at  Mrs.  Beddoes',  or  anywhere, 
except  in  the  streets  of  Buttonborough,  and 
she  was  yet  pondering  the  possibility  of 
having  passed  him  there,  when  all  at  once 
there  was  a  terrific  shock  that  threw  her 
forward  from  her  seat  with  astounding 
violence,  a  tremendous  bumping,  an  awful 
rattling,  a  swaying  over  of  the  train,  loud 
cries  and  shrieks,  and  the  fearful  flash  of 
conviction  that  they  were  in  all  the 
horrors  of  a  railway  accident. 

Those  dread  moments  were  but  brief. 
The  train,  from  some  cause  or  other,  had 
gone  off  the  rails.  Providentially,  it  was 
neither  in  a  cutting  nor  on  an  embankment, 
but  on  a  plain,  with  hedges  and  corn-fields 
on  both  sides ;  still  it  was  an  awful  scene, 
and  to  this  day  Hannah  Brown  recalls,  with 
a  shudder  and  a  faintness  of  the  heart,  the 
horror,     the     sickening     anxiety    of    the 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    65 

moment,  when  she  knew  not  what  sight 
might  meet  her  eyes,  nor  what  sad  tale  her 
ear. 

In  the  midst  of  this  spectacle  of  unpa- 
ralleled confusion,  the  air  yet  resounding 
with  cries,  and  groans,  and  shouts,  Hannah 
found  herself  standing  up  to  the  waist  in 
green  corn  beside  her  late  fellow-traveller, 
the  bright  June  sun.  pouring  down  on 
their  pale,  scared  faces  and  torn  dresses, 
and  on  the  whole  scene  of  wreck  and 
disorder. 

"  You  are  not  much  hurt,  I  hope  ?  "  he 
asked,  in  a  tone  of  interest. 

"No.  1  think  not — not  at  all;  but 
your  face  is  streaming  with  blood." 

"  Is  it  ?  A  mere  scratch  from  the  broken 
glass  ;"  and  he  stanched  it  with  his  pocket- 
handkerchief. 

"I  wonder  if  there  are  many  killed?" 

VOL,  I.  F 


QQ         THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

said  Hannah,  in  a  low  tone,  and  with 
blanched  lips. 

"Shall  I  go  and  see?  You  are  not 
afraid  to  be  left  alone  for  a  few  minutes  ?  " 

"  Oh  no.  I  should  like  to  know  the 
worst,  or  if  I  can  do  anything." 

He  was  a  long  time  in  returning — at 
least  it  seemed  a  long  time  to  Hannah. 
She  looked  eagerly  down  the  long  train  of 
carriages,  and  saw  many  taken  out ;  but 
she  was  not  near  enough  to  see  in  what 
condition  they  were,  and  she  did  not  like 
to  go  herself,  lest  she  should  be  in  the  way. 
She  became  very  lonely  and  uncomfortable, 
and  longed  for  the  return  of  her  com- 
panion.    At  last  he  came. 

"  Good  news !  "  he  said,  "  no  one  killed, 
or  even  in  danger.  A  few  broken  limbs, 
and  a  great  many  bruises,  that  is  all." 

"  Thank  heaven,"  cried  Hannah,  fer- 
vently.      And    now   that    her  mind   was 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.      67 

relieved  upon  this  point,  and  that  it  had 
overcome  the  first  bewildering  shock  of  the 
accident,  it  returned  more  nearly  to  its 
accustomed  channels  of  thought. 

'^ My  father!"  she  cried,  "if  he  should 
hear  of  this  accident  before  I  return.  Oh, 
what  will  become  of  him  ?  How  can  I  2:0 
home  ?  " 

"  A  man  has  walked  on  to  Dustwhirl 
Road,  and  the  engine  has  gone  back  to 
Buttonborough  for  help,  and  to  stop  the 
next  train.  Probablv  the  Goslingford 
omnibus  will  come  on  here,  and  after  it  has 
helped  to  convey  the  wounded,  it  will 
probably  take  us  home." 

"  Oh,  that  will  be  so  long,"  cried  Hannah, 
too  much  pre-occupied  to  remark  that  her 
companion  had  spoken  of  Goslingford  as 
his  home  too.  "  I  wonder  if  I  could  walk 
to  Dustwhirl  Road  ?  " 

f2 


QS  THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  I  cannot  see  what  good  end  it  would 
answer  if  you  could,  and  I  am  sure  you 
cannot  in  this  hot  sun,  and  with  your 
bruises,  for  you  must  be  bruised,  though 
excitement  has  hitherto  prevented  your 
feeling  it." 

Poor  Hannah  looked  so  anxious  and  so 
distressed  that  her  companion  good-na- 
turedly began  to  think  how  he  could  help 
her 

"  Stay,"  he  said,  "  there  is  a  farmhouse 
about  half  a  mile  from  here,  and  the 
farmer  keeps  some  sort  of  vehicle.  Per- 
haps he  will  lend  it  to  us — shall  I  go  and 
ask  him  ?  " 

''  Oh,  thank  you,  thank  you !  How 
kind  you  are!  You  see  I  am  the  only 
one  left." 

"Then  come  here,  and  wait  till  I  come 
back." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    69 

And  he  led  her  to  a  quiet  corner, 
near  the  public  road,  and  got  her  his 
carpet-bag,  which  had  been  in  the  car- 
riao:e  with  them,  to  sit  on.  Hannah 
found  that  she  could  not  walk  without 
pain.  She  felt  bruised  all  over,  and  her 
arm  especially  began  to  ache  violently. 
She  did  not  complain,  however,  but  sat 
down  on  the  carpet-bag,  to  await  the 
young  man's  return.  And  as  she  sat 
alone  and  began  to  think,  it  struck  her 
for  the  first  time  how  strange  it  was  that 
he  should  be  going  to  Goslingford  too. 
Then  she  looked  at  the  carpet-bag,  to  see 
if  there  was  a  name  on  it,  but  there  was 
none  —  neither  name  nor  address,  and 
Hannah  mentally  resolved  that  she  would 
carefully  conceal  this  fact  from  her  father, 
in  whose  good  opinion  it  would  have 
ruined  the  young  gentleman  for  ever. 


70    THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

During  the  three-quarters  of  an  hour 
which  elapsed  before  his  return,  Hannah 
had  time  to  wonder  at  her  own  coolness 
in  putting  him  to  so  much  trouble,  and 
to  have  worked  herself  up  in  consequence 
into  a  miserable  fit  of  shyness. 

At  last,  when  she  had  almost  begun  to 
despair  of  ever  seeing  him  again,  he  ap- 
peared with  the  very  shabbiest  and 
dirtiest  of  dog-carts — drawn  by  a  horse 
fresh  from  farm  labour — and  laughing 
heartily. 

"  I  can  do  no  better  for  you,  I  am 
sorry  to  say." 

"  Oh,  thank  you — I  am  ashamed " 

"  Of  the  carriage  ?  " 

"Oh  I  no,  of " 

"  My  torn  coat  then  ?  " 

**  No,  of  giving  ycu  all  this  trouble." 

"  Oh,  if  that    is    all    you    have   to    be 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    71 

ashamed  of,  you  are  a  fortunate  person. 
I  was  just  thinking  how  lucky  you  have 
been  altogether.  Though  you  have  only 
been  to  Buttonborough,  you  have  actually 
been  in  a  railway  accident,  and  that  is 
what  few  can  say.  Why,  all  the  rest  of 
your  life  you  will  be  quite  an  authority 
on  the  subject  of  railway  accidents." 
^  "  Oh,  please,  don't,"  said  Hannah — "  it 
was  so  horrible." 

"  It  was,"  he  said  gravely,  "  but  it  is 
not  good  for  you  to  think  of  it  in  that 
way  now." 

He  then  began  to  help  her  up  the 
awkward  step  into  the  high  seat. 

She  gave  her  left  hand. 

"  My  right  arm  is  a  little  hurt,  I 
think.  It  seems  swollen."  And  as  she 
spoke  she  thrcAv  back  her  open  sleeve. 

It  was  indeed  very  much    swollen,  and 


72    THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

she  could  not  bear  it  moved.  Her  com- 
panion thought  it  was  broken,  and,  making 
a  sling  of  his  handkerchief,  he  placed  her 
arm  in  it  very  gently,  almost  tenderly. 
Hannah  felt  that  he  was  very  kind,  and  in 
spite  of  her  late  agitation  and  the  pain  she 
was  suffering,  would  have  felt  rather  happier 
than  usual,  had  it  not  been  for  the  thought 
of  her  father.  But  the  sweets  of  life 
come  not  unmixed,  as  the  reader  has 
often  said,  and  often  heard,  and  often 
experienced — the  latter  always  a  little  to 
his  surprise  and  chagrin.  In  short, 
human  life,  generally  speaking,  is  either 
sweet  and  bitter  at  once — a  kind  of  moral 
marmalade,  or  flavourless,  like  calves'-foot 
jelly  before  the  wine  and  the  seasoning 
have  been  added. 

As  soon  as  they  were  seated  in  the 
farmer's  dog-cart,  Hannah's  companion  said 
politely — 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    73 

^'  You  must  tell  me  what  part  of  Gosling- 
ford  I  am  to  drive  you  to.  I  have  not  the 
pleasure  of  knowing  your  name." 

"  I  live  near  the  Church,  and  my  name 
is  Hannah  Brown." 

She  would  have  liked  to  ask  his  name  too, 
but  this  would  have  been  too  courageous 
an  effort  for  Hannah  Brown,  and  he  did 
not  tell  it,  as  she  expected.  He  made  no 
rejoinder,  but  received  the  information  in 
silence.  During  the  rest  of  the  way,  he 
was  very  agreeable  and  kind;  but  jested  no 
more  during  the  rest  of  the  time — a  full 
hour-and-a-half — that  they  were  together. 


74    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

AT    HOME    IN    THE    OLD    RED    HOUSE. 

Mr.  Brown's  tea-hour  was  six  o'clock,  and 
Hannah  was  expected  home  by  half-past 
five,  which  would  be  just  in  time;  but 
half-past  five  came,  and  no  Hannah.  Her 
father  concluded  the  train  was  late,  or  the 
omnibus  slow ;  nevertheless  he  laid  down 
the  book  he  was  reading  (the  political 
article  in  Blackwood),  and  began  to  walk  in 


THE  BROWNS  AND    THE  SMITHS.    75 

the  garden.  Somehow  or  other  he  could 
not  attend  to  the  meaning  of  what  he  was 
reading.  It  was  much  easier  and  more 
amusing  just  then  to  look  what  promise 
there  was  of  marrow-fats,  and  how  the 
nectarines  and  peaches  on  the  south -wall 
were  coming  on.  Then  Mr.  Brown  sat 
down  in  the  moss-house  at  the  end  of  the 
middle  walk  (a  long  alley  formed  by  es- 
paliers, and  bordered  by  double  daisies,  at 
the  upper  end  of  which  was  a  sun-dial), 
and  admired  the  garden  in  general.  And 
it  had  a  kind  of  beauty,  though  Hannah 
did  not  like  it — at  least  not  at  that  period 
of  her  life ; — it  was  so  associated  in  her 
mind  with  long,  tedious  days,  a  sinking 
heart,  and  a  longing,  mortified  spirit.  It 
had  been  the  garden  of  Mr.  Brown's  father 
and  grandfather,  and  had  doubtless  been 
new-fashioned  in  its  time,  but  that  was  very 


76    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

long  ago,  and  now  nothing  could  look  more 
formal  and  antiquated  than  its  long,  straight 
walks,  all  at  right  angles,  its  lines  of  espa- 
liers, and  its  obsolete  flowers,  to  which 
there  was  no  part  of  the  garden  especially 
assigned,  but  which  mostly  formed  a 
narrow  border  between  the  espaliers  and 
the  gravel  walks.  Still  there  was  a  charm 
on  a  sunny  summer  afternoon  in  sitting 
in  that  old  moss-house,  inhaling  the 
mingled  breath  of  honeysuckles  and  cab- 
bage roses,  and  pinks,  and  sweet-williams 
— listening  to  the  hum  of  insects,  and 
watching  the  bees  flit  from  flower  to 
flower.  Even  the  Canterbury  bells  and 
the  London  pride  had  their  own  homely 
beauty.  A  ramble  in  Mr.  Brown's  garden 
was  like  meeting  the  long-lost  and  long- 
forgotten  friends  of  one's  childhood,  and 
awakened  a  host  of  sleeping  memories. 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    77 

"  What  landscapes  I  read  in  the  primroses'  looks, 
And  what  pictures  of  pebbled  and  murmuring  brooks, 
In  the  vetches  that  tangled  their  shore." 

Something  like  the  feelings  which 
prompted  these  lines  perhaps  it  was,  that 
made  the  old  Goslingford  attorney  love 
so  dearly  the  garden  of  his  childhood, 
for  even  in  an  attorney's  heart  there  may 
linger  a  drop  of  poetry,  though  you,  fair 
young  lady,  in  love  with  the  pale,  dark- 
eyed  curate,  I  see,  don't  believe  it.  But, 
even  apart  from  association,  there  was  real 
beauty  in  that  old  garden,  in  its  old-world 
quietness  and  seclusion,  in  the  wealth  of 
rosy  fruit  basking  on  the  brick  walls, 
in  the  coolness  of  the  "  ivy  green"  which 
mantled  the  back  of  the  tall  red  house, 
and  in  the  long  shadow  of  the  taper- 
ing church-spire,  which  cut  the  sunshine 
as  clearly  as  did  the  index  on  the 
sun-dial. 


78    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Mr.  William  Brown  had  never  heard  of 
Keats,  and  would  most  likely  have  despised 
both  him  and  his  poetry  if  he  had.  But 
that  old  ancestral  garden  of  his — for  Browns, 
even  when  attorneys,  really  have  ancestors 
as  well  as  Capulets — was  the  very  place 
to  experience  such  thoughts,  as  no  other 
writer,  prosaic  or  poetical,  has  so  well 
expressed — 

"  And  calmest  thoughts  come  round  us — as  of  leaves 
Budding — fruit  ripening  in  stillness — autumn  dews 
Smiling  at  eve  upon  the  quiet  sheaves — 
Sweet  Sappho's  cheek — a  sleeping  infant's  breath — 
The  gradual  sand  that  through  an  hour  glass  runs — 

'  A  woodland  rivulet — a  Poet's  death." 

Now,  Mr.  Brown  would  doubtless  have 
told  you  that  he  had  never  thought  any 
one  of  these  things  in  the  whole  course  of 
his  life.  Ripening  apples  were  to  him  sug- 
gestive of  cider,  and  Sappho,  if  he  had 
ever  heard  of  her  at   all,    was   associated 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    79 

in  his  mind  with  crabbed  Greek  characters, 
and  the  birch  of  Dr.  Fell. 

But  thoughts  of  a  certain  class  are  so 
much  akin  to  feelings,  that  one  can 
scarcely  draw  the  boundary  line.  The 
difference  is  that  the  feelings  are  common, 
but  are  only  translated,  or  shaped  into 
thoughts,  by  the  few.  Thus,  I  have  no 
doubt,  William  Brown,  in  a  vague,  uncon- 
scious way,  experienced  feelings  akin  to 
those  described  by  the  poet,  as  he  sat  in 
the  afternoon  sunshine,  in  the  old  garden 
where  he  had  played  as  a  child,  amid  the 
old  familiar  scenes  where  the  sand  of  his 
hour-glass  had  run  so  noiselessly. 

But   suddenly   he   was  startled  from   a 
half-sleeping,    half-waking    reverie    by   the 
old  church  clock  striking  the  hour  of  six 
Hannah  had  not  come.      She  must  have 
missed   the   train.     It   was   intolerable    in 


80    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Hannah.  It  was  not  to  be  borne.  And 
leaving  the  garden,  he  began  to  walk  up 
and  down  the  paved  path  leading  to  the 
street.  It  was  in  vain  that  the  servants 
offered  tea. 

''I  will  have  no  tea  till  Miss  Brown 
comes  home." 

*'  The  next  train,  sir,  is  not  till  eight 
o'clock." 

"  Then  I  will  have  no  tea  at  all.  I 
cannot  stand  people  being  late.  It  is — 
it  is  quite  unpardonable.  She  might  have 
stayed  as  late  as  she  liked,  if  she  had  only 
said  so  before  she  went  away." 

And  Lucy  went  away,  telling  her  fellow- 
servants  she  had  never  seen  anyone  so 
put  out  at  having  to  wait  for  his  tea. 
Lucy  had  a  fellow-feeling  for  people  who 
were  late. 

"  I  wonder,"  said  she,  "if  he  will  walk 
there  till  eight  o'clock." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    81 

As  the  time  passed  on,  Mr.  Brown 
walked  faster  and  faster,  till  he  was  ready 
to  drop  down  with  fatigue,  and  the  more 
tired  he  was,  he  became  the  more  angry 
and  anxious.  The  only  thing  that  gave 
him  any  consolation  was  the  thought  of 
how  vexed  Hannah  would  be  when  she 
found  that  he  was  so  tired  and  had  had 
no  tea. 

They  made  another  attempt,  by  bring- 
ing him  out  a  cup  of  tea.  But  he 
ordered  it  away  again  angrily,  though  in 
reality  he  would  have  liked  to  have  had 
it. 

Lucy,  angry  in  her  turn,  suggested — 

"  But  it  may  not  have  been  Miss 
Brown's  fault — there  may  have  been  an 
accident." 

''  An  accident,  you  fool  I  Don't  talk 
such  nonsense  to  me." 

VOL.    T.  G 


82    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Now  the  truth  of  the  matter  was,  it 
was  the  dread  of  an  accident  which  had 
so  much  disturbed  Mr.  Brown,  though  he 
would  not  have  acknowledged  it  even  to 
himself,  and  he  was  one  of  those  whom 
anxiety  always  makes  cross. 

"  111  news  travels  fast."  As  the  messen- 
ger from  the  train  reached  Dustwhirl 
Road  there  chanced  to  be  a  butcher's  boy 
riding  by  the  station  on  his  way  to  Gos- 
lingford.  After  having  heard  the  news 
he  rode  off  at  a  double  pace,  and  in 
about  an  hour  afterwards  it  was  all  over 
Goslingford  that  there  had  been  a  dread- 
ful accident  to  the  mail  train  between 
Buttonborough  and  Dustwhirl  Road,  fif- 
teen people  killed,  and  a  great  many 
injured. 

Miss  Wellby  had  just  sat  down  to  a 
cup    of    tea   with     Miss    Richards,    when 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    83 

the  parlour-maid  came  in,  open-mouthed, 
and  carrying  another  buttered  tea-cake  as 
an  excuse,  with  the  news.  It  gives  peo- 
ple such  pleasure,  apparently,  to  tell  bad 
news ;  and  yet  Miss  Richards'  Mary  was 
a  kind-hearted  girl,  and  was  quite  dis- 
tressed by  the  accident.  But,  you  see,  it 
gives  us  a  sort  of  momentary  importance 
to  be  able  to  tell  anything. 

Miss  Wellby  started  from  her  seat, 
upsetting  her  tea. 

"  Hannah  Brown  !  Hannah  Brown  went 
to  Buttonborough  this  morning,  and  was 
to  come  home  by  this  very  train.  Har- 
riet, I  must  go  to  Mr.  Brown's  this 
instant.  Oh,  those  trains  I  How  different 
it  was  in  the  good  old  days  of  the  But- 
tonborough mail  !" 

"  Trains  are,  no  doubt,  very  unsafe," 
said  Miss  Richards,  who  had   never   been 

g2 


84    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

in  one  in  her  life,  and  always  travelled 
in  her  own  carriage ;  "  but,  dear  Clara, 
though  it  is  no  doubt  tempting  Provi- 
dence when  we  have  other  means  of  con- 
veyance, yet  those  who  go  in  igno- 
rance  " 

"  Good-bye,  Harriet.     My  gloves,  Mary." 

"  Poor  Hannah,"  said  Miss  Richards, 
anxiously ;   '^  I  hope  she  had  built " 

Then,  as  her  friend  was  disappearing 
from  the  room — 

"  Mary  will  run  along  to  your  house 
in  half  an  hour.     Poor  old  Mr.  Brown !  " 

Miss  Wellby  found  her  old  friend 
pacing  up  and  down  where  we  left  him. 
That  he  had  not  yet  heard  of  the  acci- 
dent was  evident.  He  was  rather  pleased 
to  see  Miss  Wellby — she  was  always  so 
cheerful,  and  her  opinions  were  so  cor- 
rect. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    85 

"  There  is  that  girl  Hannah,"  he  said, 
"young  people  treated  their  parents  dif- 
ferently in  our  day,  Miss  Wellby — you 
and  I  did  not  keep  our  fathers  waiting 
their  meals — not  come  home  by  the  train 
as  she  promised!  Most  abominable  care- 
lessness— quite  disgraceful !  " 

"  Come  in,  my  dear  sir,  and  let  us 
have  a  cup  of  tea,"  said  Miss  Clara,  with 
as  much  cheerfulness  as  she  could  assume, 
"  we  will  scold  her  well  when  she  does 
come." 

But  as  Clara  spoke,  the  youngest  of 
Mr.  Brown's  articled  clerks,  whose  busi- 
ness it  was  to  fetch  the  letters,  came  up 
in  breathless  haste. 

"  Letters  not  come,  sir — accident  to 
the  mail-train  between  Buttonborough 
and  Dustwhirl — sixteen  killed  they  say." 

He  stopped  short,  and  neither  the  clerk 


86    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

nor  Miss  Wellby  ever  forgot  poor  old 
Brown's  low  cry  of  anguish,  or  his  pale, 
stricken  countenance. 

''Uy  child!  — my  Hannah!"  Then, 
turning  fiercely  to  the  lad,  "  Go,  boy,  this 
instant  to  the  Queen's  Head,  and  order 
a  fly  and  pair — their  best  horses — any 
money  for  them — quick !  I  must  go  and 
look  for  my  child.  She  was  my  last  " 
and  his  lip  quivered. 

"My  dear  Mr.  Brown,"  and  poor  Clara, 
as  she  spoke,  was  agitated  and  weeping, 
"  there  are  hundreds,  you  know,  in  a 
train,  and  Hannah  was  first-class,  and 
that  is  so  much  safer." 

"  Don't  talk  to  me,  Clara.  You  are  not 
a  father.  What  can  you  know  ?  "  Then 
in  a  softer  tone — "  Clara,  do  you  think 
there  is  any  chance  of  her  having  missed 
the  train  ?  "     And  the  poor  old  man  would 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    87 

have  given  all  his  fortune  that  his 
daughter  should  have  done  the  very  thing 
which,  only  a  minute  before,  he  had  been 
so  angry  at  the  idea  of  her  doing. 

They  were  now  at  the  end  of  the  alley 
which  led  from  Mr.  Brown's  house  to  one 
of  the  four  main  streets  of  Goslingford. 
Here  he  began  to  fume  for  the  fly,  long 
before  the  horses  could  possibly  have  been 
harnessed,  while  Clara  comforted,  expos- 
tulated, sympathised,  and  kept  saying,  for 
Miss  Wellby  could  never  be  silent,  that — 

"  These  things  could  not  have  happened 
in  the  days  of  the  Buttonborough 
Mail." 

Just  as  Mr.  Brown's  impatience  was 
getting  beyond  all  bounds,  the  jingle  of  a 
conveyance  was  heard  in  the  distance. 

"  The  fly  at  last ! "  cried  Miss  Wellby. 

"  Fly  1 — nonsense  !       There     it    comes, 


88    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

— a  farmer's  trap  I  Oh,  Hannah  I  "  and 
he  turned  away  in  a  frenzy  of  anxiety  and 
impatience." 

But  hark  I  The  trap  pulled  up — Clara 
gave  a  scream  of  delight — Mr.  Brown 
turned,  and  there  was  a  gentleman  lifting 
Hannah  down  from  the  vehicle. 

In  another  moment  she  was  in  her  father's 
arms,  and  they  were  mingling  together  their 
sobs  and  tears.  For  the  first  time  Hannah 
guessed  how  much  her  father  loved  her. 

"  You  must  thank  this  gentleman, 
father.  He  got  the  trap  for  me,  and  did 
everything,  or  I  should  not  have  been 
home  for  hours." 

"I  do  thank  him;  and  may  I  ask  to 
whom  I  am  so  much  indebted  ?  " 

Hannah's  companion  had,  in  the  mean- 
time, been  talking  to  Miss  Wellby. 

*^  He  has  been  in  such  a  state,"  the  lady 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    89 

said;  '*but  won't  your  father  and  mother 
be  anxious  ?  " 

"No,  they  do  not  expect  me  till  the 
next  train.  Had  not  I  better  send  Mr. 
Splint,  as  I  go  home  ?  I  fear  Miss 
Brown  s  arm  is  broken  ! " 

The  young  man  now  turned,  as  Mr. 
Brown  addressed  him,  and  Hannah  re- 
marked, for  an  instant,  a  peculiar,  rather 
puzzled  expression  in  his  face ;  but  it 
quickly  passed.  With  much  self-posses- 
sion and  politeness  he  took  his  card- case 
from  his  pocket,  and  presented  his  card  to 
Mr.  Brown.  On  the  card  was  engraved 
the  name  : — 

''Mr.  Edgar  Smith:' 

Mr.  Brown  was  self-possessed  too,  but 
all  his  old  reserve  returned.  He  thanked 
Mr.  Edgar  Smith  again — more  pointedly 
than   before.     Then  they  bowed,  and  the 


90    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

young  man  went  away,  with  a  low,  but 
doubtful  reverence  to  Hannah. 

As  they  returned  to  the  house,  Miss 
Wellby  remarked — 

"I  never  saw  anybody  so  changed  as 
Edgar  Smith,  but  ^we  years  is  a  long  time 
at  his  age.  How  ridiculous  his  moustache 
looks  !  I  have  no  patience  with  such 
foreign  airs,  though  he  seems  a  nice 
enough  young  man,  too.  But  all  the 
Smiths  are  so — so " 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    91 


CHAPTER  Y. 

EDGAR    smith's    OPINIONS. 

It  was  the  morning  after  the  accident. 
The  Smith  family  were  at  breakfast,  or, 
at  least,  such  of  them  as  had  come  down 
stairs,  for  the  Smiths  in  general,  and  the 
Miss  Smiths  in  particular  were  not  famous 
either  for  punctuality  or  early  rising. 
They  had,  however,  exerted  themselves  a 
little  more  than  usual  this  morning,  as 
they  were  all  eager  to  renew  their  over- 


92    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

night's    conversation   with    their    brother, 
and  to  hear  more  about  the  accident. 

The  Smith  dining-room  was  probably 
as  handsome  as  that  of  any  Montague  in 
Verona,  though,  to  confess  the  truth,  it  had 
nothing  in  the  least  ancestral  about  it, 
except  a  rather  vulgar  portrait  of  grand- 
father Smith,  representing  a  stout,  florid, 
middle-aged  gentleman,  with  a  powdered 
wig  and  pigtail,  dressed  in  a  white  waist- 
coat and  blue  coat  with  brass  buttons. 
In  short,  the  whole  aspect  of  Tudor  Lodge 
was  undeniably  modern,  or,  to  speak 
plainly,  bran-new — an  aspect  which,  to 
some  minds,  is  as  objectionable  in  a  resi-, 
dence  as  in  a  coat.  Of  a  bran-new  pattern 
was  the  silver  teapot,  the  porcelain  cups, 
the  tapestry  carpet,  the  rep  curtains  ; 
bran-new  the  deep  oriel  window,  the 
smooth-shaven,  shadeless  lawn,   the   bright 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    93 

flower-beds,  and  the  rustic  seats.  Mr. 
Edgar  Smith  was  seated  next  his  mother. 
She  looked  proud  and  pleased,  and  was 
quite  ready  to  fly  at  any  prejudiced  Gos- 
lingford  ignoramus  who  should  object  to 
the  moustache.  This  lady  was  of  rather 
a  pugnacious  disposition,  when  the  entire 
perfection  of  any  member  of  her  family 
was,  or  seemed  to  be,  questioned. 

"  And  so  you  drove  Hannah  Brown  " — 
with  a  slightly  contemptuous  accent  on  the 
name — "home.  How  very  good-natured 
in  you,  considering  the  way  in  which  they 
have  always  treated  your  father,  and  in- 
deed all  our  family  !  " 

"  Well,  but,  my  dear  mother,"  said 
Edgar,  with  an  air  of  amusement  at  his 
mother's  partisanship,  *'  but  you  know  we 
should  return  good  for  evil,  at  least,  you 
always  taught  me  so  when  I  was  a  little 
boy." 


94    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"My  dear  child!"  with  tender  admira- 
tion ;  then,  more  briskly :  "  It  is  sad  to 
think  how  different  these  Browns  are  — 
all  ^  the  Church,  the  Church  ' — but,  I  fear 
very  little  Christianity." 

**  But  I  am  sure  Miss  Brown  never  did 
any  of  us  any  harm,  nor  would  do  it,  if  it 
was  in  her  power." 

"  No,"  said  Miss  Venetia  Smith,  a  tall, 
handsome  girl,  with  blue  eyes,  and  very 
fashionably-made  dress,  who  could  never, 
under  any  circumstances,  have  passed  un- 
noticed ;  "  I  should  not  think  she  had  the 
wit  to  do  us  any  harm,  even  if  she  wished 
it,  poor,  stupid,  little  thing  I" 

"  Stupid,  Venetia  ?  "  cried  her  brother. 
"I  differ  from  you  entirely.  I  consider 
Hannah  Brown  very  clever,  and  very  lady- 
like, not  to  say  pretty." 

Having  pronounced  this  opinion  in  his 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    95 

usual  ex  cathedra  tone,  Edgar  leant  back  in 
his  chair,  amused  and  pleased  at  the  con- 
sternation and  surprise  painted  on  the 
faces  of  his  mother  and  sisters.  It  was 
the  little  revenge  in  which  he  indulged 
himself  for  their  contempt  of  Hannah 
Brown. 

Now,  it  was  an  established  axiom  with 
all  the  ladies  of  the  Smith  family  that  in 
matters  of  taste  their  brother's  opinion 
could  not  err.  But  his  present  dictum 
sounded  so  heterodox  to  all  preconceived 
Smithian  notions,  that  faint  murmurs,  even 
of  dissent,  were  heard.  Poor  Mrs.  Smith 
was  between  the  horns  of  a  dilemma,  being 
called  upon  either  to  doubt  the  infallibility 
of  her  son,  or  to  believe  that  a  Brown 
might  possess  merits. 

Miss  Laura  Victoria  Smith,  was  the 
first   to   begin  to   come   round.     She  was 


96    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

the  youngest  sister,  and  her  brother's 
favourite,  being  a  rosy,  sweet-tempered, 
plump-faced  girl,  her  chief  claims  to 
beauty  consisting  in  a  good  complexion 
and  good  teeth. 

"Miss  Wellby  always  said  she  was 
clever,  and  certainly  her  hair  is  very 
beautiful.  But,  somehow,  it  is  not  the 
fashion  in  Goslingford  to  admire  her." 

"Then  I  will  make  it  the  fashion,"  said 
Edgar,  loftily. 

Mrs.  Smith  felt  that  it  was  perhaps 
better  not  any  longer  to  continue  a  direct 
attack  on  Hannah  Brown.  She  contented 
herself  with  saying — 

"  What  a  disgraceful  thing  in  old 
Brown,  with  such  a  fortune  as  his,  and 
only  one  daughter,  not  to  have  given  her 
greater  educational  advantages  I  He  can 
have  no  affection   for   her." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    97 

"If  you  had  seen  him  last  night,  you 
would  not  have  said  so.  Poor  old  fellow  ! 
He  was  stiff  enough  to  me,  but,  from  all 
I  saw,  I  should  think  the  reason  he  did 
not  send  Hannah  to  school,  was  because 
he  could  not  part  with  her." 

"  How  very  selfish,  and  what  monstrous 
ingratitude  to  be  stiff  to  you  after  what 
you  had  done  !  It  will  teach  you  to  do 
anything  for  the  Browns  another  time." 

"  I  thought,  mother,  we  were  to  love 
our  enemies^  and " 

"  We  must  take  care  how  we  love 
them  too  well  though,  Edgar,  my  boy," 
said  his  father,  who  had  hitherto  seemed 
entirely  absorbed  in  discussing  some  ham 
and  boiled  eggs. 

Edgar  coloured  slightly,  but  imme- 
diately recovering  his  self-possession, 
laughed,  and  said — 

VOL.  I.  H 


98    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  Not    much    danger   of  that,   I    think, 


sir." 


But  though  Mr.  Smith  had  not  spoken 
before,  he  had  been  listening  to  all  that 
had  passed.  Now,  Mr.  Smith  was  a  clever 
man — a  man  whose  mind  at  once  em- 
braced the  bearings  of  most  things — a 
quality  which  had  made  him  a  good  law- 
yer. He  was  also  really  an  affectionate 
father,  and  like  most  men  who  have  made 
money,  he  was  by  no  means  indifferent 
to  the  glittering  dross — the  world  said  he 
was  fond  of  it.  He  had  never  wished  to 
quarrel  with  old  Brown.  It  was  old 
Brown  who  had  insisted  on  quarrelling 
with  him — most  unreasonably.  Was  there 
any  lawyer  who  would  not  take  all  the 
respectable  business  he  could  get? — and 
if  some  of  old  Brown's  clients  had  come 
over  to  him,  was  he  going  to  refuse  them? 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.     99 

Or,  rather,  with  his  family,  was  it  not  his 
duty  to  get  as  much  business  as  he  could  ? 
It  was  all  well  enough  for  a  man  to  in- 
dulge in  professional  Quixotism  when  he 
had  only  one  daughter,  though  even  then 
Mr.  Smith  was  not  sure  that  it  was  right. 
A  man  who  did  so  would  never  be  the 
best  man  of  business.  Still  he  never  had 
felt  more  than  temporary  irritation  at 
old  Brown.  His  conscience  was  quite 
clear  upon  that  point.  But  a  complete 
reconciliation  would  be  more  Christian, 
and  a  better  example  in  the  eye  of  the 
world ;  and  if  Edgar  should  take  a  fancy 
to  Hannah  Brown,  why,  it  would  not 
much  signify  then  who  had  the  busi- 
ness. 

With  Edgar's  last  words  the  breakfast- 
party  broke  up.  Mr.  Smith  never  jested 
again  .  on    the    subject,  and   it   had  never 

h2 


100   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

occurred  to  the  ladies,  in  spite  of  what 
Edgar  had  said,  that  there  could  be  any- 
thing to  jest  about. 

Julietta  remarked  to  Venetia  that  Edgar 
certainly  did  take  a  pride  in  thinking 
differently  from  everybody  else ;  and  as 
for  Mrs.  Smith,  it  never  entered  into  her 
head  that  her  son  would  think  of  a  flir- 
tation with  Hannah  Brown,  even  though 
he  had  the  unaccountable  taste  to  admire 
her.     Was  she  not  a  Brown? 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    101 


CHAPTER  VI. 

FURTHER  HETERODOXY  ON  THE  PART  OF 
MR.  EDGAR  SMITH. 

Hannah  Brown's  arm  was  broken.  It 
was,  however,  a  simple  fracture,  and  Mr. 
Splint  said  would  soon  be  well  if  she 
took  care  of  it.  She  was  ordered,  how- 
ever, to  keep  her  room  for  a  few  days, 
as  her  bruises  were  somewhat  painful, 
and  quietness  was  good  for  her.  During 
these  few  days,  as  in  all  her  past  illnesses 


102    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

since  her  mother's  death,  Miss  Clara 
Wellby  was  her  constant  visitor.  She 
made  sundry  little  sick  dishes  for  her, 
which  nobody  but  herself  could  make, 
and  which  always  turned  out  quite  dif- 
ferent when  anybody  else  attempted 
them. 

"  I  always  make  this  apple-tea  for  poor 
Harriet  Richards  when  she  has  these 
injBluenza  colds.  Would  you  believe  it, 
Hannah,  with  all  her  money,  and  the 
ridiculous  wages  she  gives  her  cook,  she 
cannot  get  a  decent  batter-pudding-ir- 
though,  to  be  sure,  very  few  people  can 
make  one.  It  should  have  flour  enough,  and 
not  too  much,  and —  How  can  you  be 
so  silly,  Hannah,  as  to  move  your  arm  ? 
You  would  have  been  much  more  com- 
fortable if  you  had  lain  in  the  position  I 
recommended ;     and     the    idea    of    your 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    103 

stretching    out    yourself    for   that    glass! 
Did  not  I  come  here  to  help  you?" 

Miss  Wellby  was  often  a  little  put  out, 
for  placidity  of  disposition  was  not  among 
her  virtues,  and  she  sometimes  wearied 
her  patients  by  doing  too  much  for  them, 
and  by  thinking  that  she  understood 
their  comforts  much  better  than  they  did 
themselves.  She  spent  the  greater  part 
of  her  life  in  endeavouring  to  make 
others  happy,  and  occasionally  felt  it 
somewhat  ungrateful  that  her  efforts  were 
not  always  attended  with  success.  People 
were  so  obstinately  fond  of  their  own 
way — even  of  being  happy.  Poor  Clara 
had  met  with  a  great  deal  of  perversity 
of  this  kind  in  her  life,  and  it  spoke  well 
for  her  natural  philanthropy,  or  her 
Christian  charity,  that  it  had  no  effect  in 
making  her  relax  her  benevolent  labours. 


104    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

There  was  nothing  Miss  Wellby  hated 
so  much  as  conceit.  She  thought  it  a 
positive  duty  to  make  people  think  as 
little  of  themselves  as  possible — more  es- 
pecially Harriet  Richards.  The  Smith 
family,  too,  required  to  be  taken  down ; 
but  Hannah  Brown  was  not  conceited, 
except  in  thinking  that  she  knew  how  to 
manage  her  father's  house  without  the 
constant  suggestions  of  Miss  Wellby's  long 
experience.  Personally,  however,  Hannah 
was  not  conceited,  so  that  Miss  Wellby, 
in  those  ungarded  moments  we  all  have 
when  we  say  things  that  we  ought  not 
to  have  said,  would  occasionally  repeat  or 
originate  something  complimentary,  and 
the  more  especially  if  it  afforded  her  the 
luxury  of  contradiction,  of  which  she  was 
rather  fond. 

"If  you   go   on   in    this  way,  Hannah, 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    105 

stretching  out  for  your  barley-water  your- 
self, and  sitting  with  your  arm  in  that 
position,  you  will  not  be  able  to  drink 
tea  at  Miss  Richards's  next  week,  not  to 
say  that  you  may  disfigure  yourself  for  life." 

Now,  Hannah,  at  that  moment,  felt 
very  low.  She  had  been  excited  all  the 
day  after  the  accident;  but  now  the  re- 
action had  come,  and,  though  she  was 
touched  by  Miss  Wellby's  kindness,  it  had 
somewhat  worn  her  out.  She  answered, 
wearily — 

"I  am  sure  I  don't  much  care.  Miss 
Richards's  parties  are  generally  dull." 

"  Dull ! "  cried  Clara,  who  had  given 
utterance  to  the  same  sentiment  dozens  of 
times  herself  "  I  am  sure  poor  Harriet 
does  her  best  to  make  everybody  happy ; 
but  young  people  now-a-days  must  have 
excitement." 


106    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  Well,  Aunt  Clara,  I  daresay  the  dul- 
ness  is  in  myself." 

"Don't  talk  nonsense,  Hannah.  There 
is  Edgar  Smith  says  you  are  both  clever 
and  pretty." 

A  moment  ago,  life  had  seemed  to 
Hannah  Brown  very  dull  and  cheerless. 
Now,  all  at  once,  the  sun  broke  out,  the 
birds  sang,  the  flowers  blossomed.  It  was 
very  undignified  in  Hannah  Brown,  no 
doubt,  but  then  she  was  only  an  attor- 
ney's daughter,  and  one  could  not  expect 
her  to  feel  as  if  she  had 


that  repose 


Which  stamps  the  caste  of  Vere  de  Vere." 

For  sympathy  and  allowance,  I  must, 
therefore,  appeal  to  those  who  partake  of 
mere  common  human  nature — the  more 
especially  as  Hannah  had  not  even  the 
apology  of  being  in  love.     But,  excusable 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    107 

or  not,  she  now  felt  that  she  could  very 
well  endure,  if  not  enjoy,  Aunt  Clara's 
company.  No  sooner,  however,  had  the 
speech,  which  had  been  such  a  draught 
of  champagne  to  poor  Hannah's  spirits, 
passed  Miss  Wellby's  lips,  than  she  re- 
pented of  it,  and  added — 

"  But  they  say  Edgar  Smith  is  always 
eccentric  in  his  opinions,  and  likes  to  say 
things  different  from  other  people.  The 
Smiths,  we  all  know,  Hannah,  have  not 
the  best  taste  in  the  world." 

But  Hannah,  with  all  her  sensitiveness, 
and  all  her  mortifying  experiences,  could 
not  be  put  down  just  then.  She  had  been 
thought  clever  and  pretty,  and  she  argued 
that  what  had  been  the  opinion  of  one  person, 
might  possibly  be  the  opinion  of  more 
than  one.  She  was  anxious  now  to  be  well 
enough  to  go  to  Miss  Richards's  tea-party. 


108    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

She  would  have  liked  to  know  if  any  of 
the  Smiths  were  to  be  there,  but  she  did 
not  like  to  ask  Miss  Wellby  in  direct  terms. 
She  had  very  rarely,  except  at  large  parties, 
been  asked  to  meet  the  Smiths  anywhere 
(her  father  never),  but  Miss  Richards  was 
very  intimate  with  them,  for  as  Mr.  Brown 
had  caustically  remarked,  "  You  might  be 
sure  that  Thomas  Smith  would  be  intimate 
with  anybody  who  was  rich."  So  Hannah 
merely  asked  if  it  was  to  be  a  large  party 
at  Miss  Richards's. 

But  Clara  was  not  in  the  humour  to 
know  anything  about  it ;  and  after  having 
wrapped  Hannah's  feet  in  a  shawl,  shaken 
her  pillows,  strained  her  barley-water, 
kissed  her,  and  scolded  her  again  for 
sundry  misdemeanours,  she  took  leave. 

But  to  cheer  Hannah^s  solitude,  came 
the  remembrance   of  the  fact   that  Edgar 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    109 

Smith  had  said  she  was  pretty  and  clever. 

The  Smiths  were  to  be  at  the  party,  at 
least  they  had  b2en  invited,  rather  to 
the  general  dismay  of  the  family,  for  there 
was  no  concealing  the  fact  that  Miss  Rich- 
ards's  parties  were  dreadfully  dull. 

"  Of  course,"  said  Venetia,  "  we  need 
not  all  go,  three  will  be  quite  enough — 
Mamma,  and  Edgar,  and  one  of  us." 

"Edgar  is  much  obliged  to  you,"  said 
her  brother,  "  but  begs  to  be  excused,  not 
being  very  fond  either  of  tea  or  twaddle." 

"  You  must  go,  Edgar,"  said  his  father. 
"  I  should  not  wonder  if  the  party  were 
given  on  your  account.  Miss  Richards  is 
an  excellent  woman,  and  one  of  our  best 
clients." 

''  Are  you  going,  sir  ?  I  should  think 
Miss  Richards  would  be  disappointed  if  you 
did  not." 


110    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"I  shall  drop  in  about  supper-time,  to 
bring  your  mother  home.  I  have  business 
in  the  earlier  part  of  the  evening." 

"  Cannot  I  do  it  for  you  ?  The  young, 
you  know,  should  work,  and  I  should  be  so 
happy." 

A  scarcely  perceptible  smile  relaxed  the 
countenance  of  Mr.  Smith,  senior. 

"No,  I  must  do  it  myself.  It  is  abso- 
lutely necessary." 

"Then  I  am  very  much  afraid,"  said 
Edgar,  "  there  is  some  danger  of  my  being 
taken  ill  on  Thursday  week,  with  headache 
or  toothache,  or  something  of  that  kind." 

"  No,  no,"  said  his  father,  quite  good- 
humouredly,  but  with  considerable  deter- 
mination. "  I  will  hear  of  no  such 
nonsense,  we  must  all  do  tiresome  things 
occasionally." 

"And  I  am  sure,"  said  Mrs.  Smith,  "  no 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    1]  1 

one  ought  to  feel  it  tiresome  to  drink  tea 
with  Miss  Richards  —  such  an  excellent 
Christian  woman  —  and  though  she  is  a 
churchwoman,  so  entirely  without  sectarian 
feelings." 

"  She  is  certainly  sufficiently  without 
taste,  to  have  been  a  dissenter." 

"  Taste,  my  love !  "  said  his  mother,  "  I 
like  good  taste,  and  I  hope,"  looking  round 
the  handsome  drawing-room,  "  I  am  not 
very  deficient  in  that  way;  but  what  has 
taste  to  do  with  religion  ?  " 

"  Very  little  with  our  religion,  certainly, 
mother.  Even  Mr.  Spurgeon,  though  he 
has  plenty  of  humour,  has  no  taste,"  said 
Edgar,  with  an  uncomfortable  reminiscence 
of  the  long  hot  hours  he  had  spent  in  a 
square  brick  building  like  a  Brodignagian 
work-box,  listening  to  discourses  which  he 
had  tried  in  vain  to  think  were   as  eloquent 


112    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

as  well-written,  or  as  convinciDg  as  those  of 
the  Rector,  on  the  rare  occasions  on  which 
he  had  been  permitted  to  hear  that  gentle- 
man. 

"Edgar!  "  said  his  father,  with  an  abso- 
lute frown,  a  rare  thing  on  the  face  of 
Mr.  Thomas  Smith,  who  was  really  a  good- 
tempered  man.  Edgar  made  no  answer. 
He  had  had  his  little  bit  of  revenge  for 
being  forced  to  accept  Miss  Richards's  in- 
vitation, and  was  contented  with  his  tri- 
umph. His  sisters  said  nothing.  They 
dared  not,  for  their  very  lives,  have 
supported  their  brother,  but,  privately, 
they  admired  his  hardihood.  It  is  a  trite 
saying,  that  there  is  a  crook  in  every 
lot.  Few  people  had  a  happier  lot  than 
the  Miss  Smiths,  and,  wonderful  to  relate, 
they  thought  so  themselves.  They  were 
young,  they   were    handsome,    they   were 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    113 

fashionable,  they  were  clever,  they  were 
accomplished,  they  were  admired ;  and  to 
the  full,  they  believed  in  and  enjoyed 
their  advantages.  But  even  they  had 
their  crook  in  the  lot.  And  this  was, 
that  they  were  chapel  people.  The  Miss 
Smiths  felt  deeply  that  they  were  the 
only  very  genteel  people  in  Goslingford 
who  went  to  chapel.  Gentility  was  with 
them  a  passion,  and  they  could  not  but 
feel  that  this  chapel-going  was  derogatory 
to  it.  Then  their  pastor,  the  Rev.  Josiah 
Winter,  had  married  a  butcher's  daughter, 
and  they  were  painfully  aware  that  their 
minister  and  his  wife  were  no  associates  for 
them.  They — Mr.  and  Mrs.  Winter — were 
occasionally  asked  to  Tudor  Lodge  to  dinner, 
but  never  with  a  party.  At  least,  Mrs.  Winter 
was  never  invited  with  a  party.  These  enter- 
tainments to  the  Winters  were  dismal  occa- 

VOL.    I.  I 


114    THE  BUOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

sions  for  all  concerned.  A  kind  of  falsetto 
tone  of  familiarity  and  friendliness,  compared 
with  which  the  formality  of  the  most  formal 
party  was  ease  and  unconstraint,  pervaded 
the  evening.  It  could  not  but  make  Mrs. 
Winter  sour  to  know  that  Mrs.  Greenfield, 
the  rector's  wife,  and  Miss  Wellby,  the 
late  rector's  daughter,  were  asked  to  all 
the  Smiths'  best  parties,  while  she  only 
came  to  family  dinners ;  but,  of  course,  as 
Mr.  Smith  was  her  husband's  chief  sup- 
porter in  Goslingford,  and,  substantially, 
their  best  friend,  they  had  both  to 
swallow  down  their  indignation,  as  those 
must  generally  do  who  depend  for  their 
daily   bread  on  the  aura  populains. 

Edgar  did  not  care  for  the  matter  in 
the  gentility  point  of  view  so  much  as 
his  sisters.  Of  course  everything  he  did 
was   genteel.     But   Mr.   Greenfield   was   a 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    115 

good  preacher,  a  good  man,  a  gentleman, 
a  scholar,  and  dared  to  give  utterance 
to  the  truth  as  he  saw  it.  Then  Edgar 
Smith  admired  and  loved  the  Church — 
that  is,  the  material  building — itself.  It 
had  always  been  a  weakness  of  this  young 
man  that  he  was  fond  of  differing  from 
other  people.  He  piqued  himself  on  see- 
ing with  his  own  eyes,  and  so  he  early 
astonished  his  father  and  mother,  and, 
indeed,  all  Goslirgford  in  general,  with 
the  opinion  that  Gothic  was  the  only 
architecture  proper  for  a  church,  and  that 
there  was  nothing  popish  in  a  pointed 
arch,  except  the  letter  P.  The  church 
people  of  Goslingford,  the  reader  must 
know,  though  very  staunch,  understood 
the  architectural  merits  of  their  church 
very  little  better  than  the  dissenters  — 
having   only   a   sort    of   dim   notion    that 

i2 


116    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

there  was  something  dissenting  in  a  square 
church,  and  something  orthodox  in  a 
chancel.  It  had  sometimes  dawned  on 
Edirar  Smith  too — the  doctrine  he  heard 
in  the  church  being  so  exactly  the  same 
as  that  in  the  chapel — that  it  was  hardly 
worth  while  to  make  all  this  fuss  and 
separation,  for  the  mere  pleasure  of  in- 
dulofinjx  in  a  taste  for  hideousness — the 
only  real  mark  of  distinction  he  could 
see  between  the  church  people  and  the 
orthodox  dissenters.  Indeed,  there  were 
some  churches,  as  well  as  church  people, 
so  entirely  devoid  of  that  taste,  which, 
Mrs.  Smith  had  remarked,  was  no  part 
of  religion,  that  even  the  general  beauty 
and  decorum  of  the  religion  by  law 
established  need  have  been  no  objection. 

Once  when  the  Winters  were  dining  at 
Tudor    Lodge,    as    Mr.    Winter    and    Mr. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    117 

Smith  were  discussing  over  their  port  the 
merits  of  the  voluntary  system,  Edgar 
inquired  suddenly,  "if  it  would  not  be 
better  to  have  everj^thing  on  the  volun- 
tary system — prisons,  for  instance,  and 
reformatories.  Let  those  who  wanted 
them  subscribe  for  them." 

Mr.  Winter  laughed  grimly. 

"But,  Mr.  Edgar,  the  very  people  who 
do  want  reformatories  are  those  who 
will  not  subscribe." 

"  Oh,  I  see.  And  it  is  exactly  the 
contrary  then  with  religion.  The  very 
people  who  are  without  it  are  the  m.ost 
anxious  to  build  chapels  and  maintain 
ministers.'' 

Mr.  Winter  coloured  up  to  the  very 
roots  of  his  long  black  hair,  and  Mr. 
Smith  glanced  at  his  son  with  angry 
reproof. 


118    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

A  slight  mischievous  smile  played 
round  the  young  man's  lips  as  he  leant 
back  in  his  chair  with  an  air  of  what 
Mr.  Winter  privately  stigmatised  as  "  in- 
tolerable conceit,"  but  which  Edgar  him- 
self meant  for  innocent  unconsciousness. 
He  certainly  thought  himself  a  very 
clever  young  man,  and  we  will  charitably 
hope  he  was  not  altogether  mistaken. 

The  morning  after  the  discussion  upon 
Miss  Richards'  tea-party,  Edgar  gave  great 
pleasure  and  astonishment  to  the  whole 
family  by  announcing  at  breakfast  that 
he  intended,  if  he  could  spare  as  much 
time  from  the  office,  to  call  on  Miss 
Richards  that  very  day. 

"  I  shall  see  that  you  have  time,"  said 
his  father,  much  pleased ;  "  Miss  Richards 
will  be  very  glad  to  see  you.  Attention 
from    our    sex    is    always   valued    by  un- 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    119 

married  women  a  little  up  in  life,  and 
particularly  from  young  men.  Who 
knows  but  she  may  put  you  down  in  her 
will  for  a  few  thousands  ?" 

"  I  assure  you,  sir,  that  is  not  my 
object  in  calling;  and  if  I  thought  Miss 
Richards  or  anybody  else  would  think  it 
was " 

"Now,  Edgar,  don't  be  a  fool.  Miss 
Richards  has  no  relations,  and  if  she 
should  take  a  fancy  to  you  she  is  wrong- 
ing nobody." 

*•  Very  well,  sir — if  she  should  take  a 
fancy  to  me  I  cannot  help  it ;  but  you 
really  must  not  expect  me  to  toady  to 
Miss  Richards,  who,  though  a  very  re- 
spectable, excellent  woman,  is  not  exactly 
the  companion  I  should  find  congenial." 

Mr.  Smith  wisely  said  no  more.  As  he 
remarked  to  his  wife  afterwards,  Edgar,  if 


120   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

left  to  himself,  would  be  much  more 
likely  to  do  what  was  proper  than  if  they 
gave  him  advice.  "  I  never  saw  a  young 
man  so  fond  of  his  own  opinion,  nor 
so  jealous  of  being  interfered  with.  Op- 
position always  drives  him  at  once  into  a 
confirmed  determination  to  take  his  own 
way.  And  yet  he  is  not  a  bad  boy 
either." 

"A  bad  boy,  my  dear !  We  are  very 
well  off,  and  ought  to  be  thankful  to 
Providence  who  has  given  us  such  a  son. 
In  my  opinion  what  you  think  self-will 
is  only  a  joke.  He  is  a  most  affectionate 
son.  I  am  sure  Miss  Richards  will  not 
see  such  another  young  man  in  Gos- 
lingford." 

"  I  am  afraid  she  won't  like  his  mous- 
tache." 

"  Then    she  is  a  very  foolish    and   pre- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    121 

judiced  woman.  I  am  sure  it  is  excessively 
becoming.  And  poor  dear  Miss  Richards, 
you  know,  is  no  authority  in  matters 
of  taste.  Her  notions  about  dress  are  quite 
exploded  now  among  religious  people." 

But  to  return  to  Edgar.  It  had  struck 
that  astute  youth  that  as  he  must  go  to 
Miss  Richards'  party,  it  would  be  as  well 
not  only  to  do  it  with  a  good  grace,  but  to 
leave  no  stone  unturned  to  make  the  even- 
ing as  agreeable  as  possible.  He  therefore 
set  out  to  call  on  that  good  simple  soul 
with  a  diplomatic  end  in  view.  Edgar 
Smith,  though  a  conceited  youth  (and  we 
all  know  that  truly  great  minds  are 
never  conceited — vide  Socrates,  Sir  Isaac 
Newton,  &c.),  was  not  without  the  heroic 
quality  of  being  able  to  make  the  best  of 
things  as  they  are,  and  could  turn  even 
his  misfortunes  to  account. 


122    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS, 

After  having  made  himself  very  agree- 
able to  Miss  Richards,  and  caused  her 
little  twigs  of  grey  hair  to  stand  on  end 
with  his  account  of  the  accident,  the 
opening  he  hoped  for  presented  itself. 
Miss  Richards  trusted  she  was  to  have 
the  pleasure  of  seeing  him  at  tea. 

"  Certainly.  He  was  looking  forward 
to  it ;  " — he  did  not  say  with  pleasure, 
my  truth -loving  reader.  ^'Was  it  to  be 
a  large  party  ?  " 

"  Oh,  no  !  only  Miss  Wellby,  and  a  few 
other  friends." 

"  Was  Miss  Brown  to  be  one  of  the 
party?" 

"  N-no.  I  think  not,"  said  Harriet.  "  I 
thought  of  asking  her,  she  is  such  a  nice, 
modest  young  person  ;  but,  in  fact,  I  was 
not  sure  whether  your  father  and  mo- 
ther"— and  poor  Harriet  coloured  painfully. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   123 

"Would  like  it,  you  mean.  I  am  cer- 
tain they  would  have  no  objection. 
Family  feuds  are  very  foolish  and  un- 
christian." 

"  I  am  delighted  to  hear  you  say  so, 
Mr.  Edgar.  I  will  ask  Hannah  at  once  ; 
and  I  am  sure,  if  I  could  contribute,  in 
any  way,  to  so  excellent  an  object^  as  to 
eifect  a  reconciliation  between  the  families, 
I  should  be  happy.  I  always  felt  sure  so 
good  a  man  as  your  father  could  not  be 
to  blame.  But  what  could  one  expect 
from  poor  Mr.  Brown,  after  his  calling 
that  sweet  book,  '  Shrieks  from  the 
Depths,'  rubbish.  You  have  read  it,  Mr. 
Edgar?     Shall  I  lend  it  to  you?" 

Edgar  had  not  read  it,  and  he  received 
from  good  Miss  Harriet,  somewhat  unwill- 
ingly, a  little  blue  volume,  of  which,  on 
opening  it  at  random,   a   marked   feature 


124   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

seemed  to  be  inrmmerable  notes  of  ex- 
clamation, and  a  profusion  of  capital 
letters.  It  did  strike  Edgar  Smith  that 
it  was  rather  a  pity  that  religions  writers 
should  imitate  the  style  of  a  newspaper 
advertisement,  as  if  they  meant  to  pnff  off 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven.  He  did  not, 
however,  express  this  sentiment  to  Miss 
Richards,  but  took  leave,  well  satisfied 
that  he  had  gained  the  object  of  his 
visit. 

The  next  day  Miss  Richards  told  her 
friend  Clara,  that  she  had  had  a  visit 
from  young  Edgar  Smith,  and  how  very 
much  she  was  pleased  with  him,  and  with 
his  evident  wish  for  a  reconciliation  with 
the  Browns. 

Clara  listened,  somewhat  impatiently, 
to  the  whole  recital,  and  then  broke 
ont — 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    125 

"  Well,  Harriet ! — you  are  the  very 
greenest  goose  !  What  will  not  the  Smiths 
— and,  indeed,  your  set  of  pious  people  in 
general — do  for  money?  " 

"  I  do  not  understand  you,  Clara;  and 
you  are  very  unjust." 

"  Well,  Harriet,  perhaps  I  am  to  you. 
I  do  believe,  with  all  your  wealth,  you 
are  not  fond  of  money ;  but,"  she  added, 
relapsing  into  her  usual  jesting,  random 
manner,  "the  exception,  you  know,  proves 
the  rule.  And  now  I  must  think  over 
this  affair  of  the  Browns  and  the  Smiths. 
Mr.  Smith  has  too  often  behaved  in  an 
un gentlemanly,  sharp  kind  of  way  to  Mr. 
Brown,  for  my  dear  old  friend  to  get 
over  it.  Though  he  is  a  lawyer,  Mr. 
Brown  has  as  keen  a  sense  of  honour  as 
if  he  had  been — a — a  knight  of  the  Round 
Table." 


126    THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  I  don't  know  anything  about  the 
Round  Table.  I  don't  see  much  difference 
between  fiction  and  lies,  and  I  think  it 
would  be  more  for  Mr.  Brown's  happiness 
if  he  had  the  spirit  of  a  Christian,  and 
could  forgive  his  brother  what  he  has 
against  him." 

"Well,  so  he  does,  Harriet.  If  a  thief 
were  to  pick  my  pocket,  I  would  forgive 
him,  but  I  would  not  shake  hands  with 
him  ;  and  say,  ^  My  dear  sir,  I  am  glad 
of  this  opportunity  of  making  your  ac- 
quaintance.'    Would  you  ?  " 

And  so  Clara  came  off,  as  usual,  with 
flying  colours. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    127 


CHAPTER  VII. 

MISS     RICHAEDS'     TEA-PARTY. 

Hannah  Brown's  general  health  had 
quite  recovered  its  ordinary  tone  before 
the  day  of  Miss  Richards'  tea-party.  Her 
arm  was  still  in  a  sling,  but  Mr.  Splint 
said  it  would  soon  be  quite  well.  It  was 
a  fine  evening  late  in  June,  so  that 
Hannah  and  Miss  Wellby,  who  were  to  go 
together,  decided  on  walking.  Hannah 
did  look  very   nice,   Miss   Clara   thought, 


128   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

in  her  delicate  silk  dress,   made  with  the 
plainness    and     simplicity    which     always 
characterised   all   she  wore,    and   the   fine 
lace  collar,  fastened  by  the  brooch  which 
contained    her    mother's    hair.       A    little 
more    of    decided    fashion,     Miss   Wellby 
might,    perhaps,    have   preferred,  still   she 
acknowledged  Hannah  was  very  ladylike, 
and    her    hair    beautiful.       There    was   a 
brighter  colour  rather  than  usual  in  her 
cheek,  and  in   her  shy  eyes  a  look   of  ex- 
pectation, a  rare  thing  with  Hannah  Brown, 
who  seldom  expected  anything.     As  they 
reached  Miss  Richards'  house,  she  became 
even  more  nervous  than  she  usually  was 
when  she  went   to  a   party.     She  wished 
Miss  Clara  had  not  told  her  what  Edgar 
Smith  had  said  of    her,  and  she  felt  cer- 
tain   that,  if  she  should  meet  him  again, 
he  would  change    his  mind. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   129 

Miss  Wellby  and  Hannah  were  the  first 
arrivals.  They  found  Miss  Richards  in  her 
drawing-room — a  room  which  was  only  used 
on  state  occasions.  It  was  not  a  large 
apartment,  but  the  furniture  in  it  seemed 
all  to  have  been  intended  for  a  room  forty 
feet  long.  The  ugly  pile  carpet,  the  cum- 
brous walnut- wood  chairs  and  tables,  the 
dark-coloured,  lavishly  gilt  paper,  the  heavy 
cornices  and  rich,  gloomy  curtains,  were  al- 
most smothering  in  a  room  about  eighteen 
feet  by  fourteen.  Miss  Wellby  immediately 
began  to  pull  the  furniture  about,  declaring 
that  the  formality  of  its  arrangement  wag 
quite  enough  to  prevent  them  all  opening 
their  lips.  She  was  yet  engaged  in  this  occu- 
pation, when  Miss  Splint  and  Miss  Westcote 
arrived.  Miss  Westcote  was  the  belle  of 
Goslingford — a  fair-skinned  girl,  with  a 
good  deal  of  colour,  large,  unmeaning  blue 

VOL.  I.  K 


130   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

eyes,   and  a  self-satisfied  simper.     She   had 
been  finished  at  Miss  Slater's,  as  her  framed 
chalk-drawing  of  a   baby's    head     with    a 
swollen  cheek,   and  a  very  large   vase   of 
potichomanie, — not  to  mention  a  pyramid  of 
wax  fruit  under  a  glass  case, — abundantly 
testified.     Miss  Westcote's  mother  was  a  na- 
tive of  Goslingford,  and  the  widow  of  a  But- 
tonborough    manufacturer.       At    her   hus- 
band's death,   Mrs.  Westcote  had  returned 
to  her  native  place,  with  her  little  girl  and 
a   few   thousand   pounds.      Miss   Westcote 
was  not  thought  by  the  Goslingford  public 
to  have  the  style  and  fashion  of  the  Miss 
Smiths — an  opinion  which  it  generally  de- 
livered in  a  tone  of  commendation  as  far  as 
regarded  Miss  Westcote — but  she  was  con- 
sidered prettier ;  and  as  there  were  so  many 
of  the  Smiths,  she  was  likely  to  have  more 
money.     It  was  the   fashion,  in  short,   to 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   131 

laud  Mary  Westcote  up  to  the  skies,  and 
often  at  the  expense  of  the  Miss  Smiths  (no 
one  ever  thought  of  poor  Hannah  Brown 
as  a  rival  to  anybody),  yet,  somehow  or 
other,  the  Miss  Smiths  always  secured  the 
lion's  share  of  attention.  Mary  Westcote 
bore  this  better  than  could  have  been  ex- 
pected. In  fact,  both  she  and  her  mother 
felt  that  Mr.  Edgar  Smith  was  coming  home. 
He  could  not  devote  himself  to  his  own 
sisters,  and  he  was  undoubtedly  the  great 
matrimonial  prize  of  Goslingford.  Miss 
Westcote  had  met  Mr.  Edgar  Smith  in  the 
street  since  his  return,  and  had  secretly 
formed  an  opinion  that  his  moustache  was 
very  becoming.  She  took  good  care,  how- 
ever, not  to  say  so  to  any  one,  as,  in  the 
days  of  which  I  write,  not  even  the  distant 
murmur  of  the  advancino^  wave  of  the  crreat 
moustache  and  beard  movement  had  broken 

K  2 


132   THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

as  yet  on  the  Goslingford  ear,  and  nothing 
was  esteemed  more  heterodox  than  to  admire 
these  natural  ornaments.  They  were  thought 
"foreign,"  and  the  Goslingford  public  yet 
rejoiced  unfeignedly  in  the  sturdy  English 
belief  that  "foreign  "  and  "  contemptible  " 
were  quite  convertible  adjectives.  But 
Miss  Westcote,  who  was  an  original  thinker, 
if  not  as  far  as  moustaches  in  general,  but 
at  least  as  far  as  this  moustache  in  particular, 
was  concerned,  sat  awaiting  the  arrival  of  its 
owner  with  much  complacency.  Was  not 
she  the  belle  of  Goslingford  ?  Had  not  her 
handsome-w^orked  muslin  dress  been  made 
at  Buttonborough  at  Paris  House  ?  And  was 
not  Mr.  Edgar  Smith  a  person  of  unexcep- 
tionable taste?  It  had  never  struck  Miss 
Westcote  that  taste  could  reach  beyond 
dress  and  appearance.  Perhaps  she  did  not 
know  there  was  anything  beyond. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   133 

The  Smiths  were  always  late — much  to 
the  grievance  of  Miss  Richards ;  and  all 
the  rest  of  the  party  had  arrived  before 
them.  .Among  these  were  Mr.  Green- 
field, the  rector,  and  his  eldest  daughter. 
Mr.  Greenfield  was  a  man  much  liked  in 
his  parish.  He  was  a  man  beyond  middle 
age,  white-haired,  blue-eyed,  stout,  hand- 
some, florid — pious  enough  and  strict  enough 
to  please  Miss  Richards,  cheerful  and  hard- 
working enough  to  make  Miss  Wellby 
pardon  him  for  occasionally  going  on 
missionary  tours,  and  declining  to  play  a 
rubber  at  whist.  Privately,  the  dissenters 
did  not  quite  like  him,  because  he  had 
thinned  the  chapels;  but  they  could  not 
find  anything  to  say  against  him,  as 
neither  by  word  nor  deed  had  he  ever  in 
any  way  set  himself  in  direct  opposition  to 
them.     At  first  this  had  given  umbrage  to 


134   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Mr.  Brown,  Miss  Wellby,  and  their  party ; 
and  Miss  Clara,  who  had  always  courage 
equal  to  the  occasion,  attacked  Mr  Green- 
field for  his  want  of  churchman  ship. 
He  stoutly  denied  the   charge. 

^'  We  have  two  enemies  to  oppose,"  said 
he,  "  sin  and  schism ;  but  as  I  believe 
schism  to  be  a  mere  offshoot  of  sin,  I 
think  it  best  to  attack  the  enemy  at 
head-quarters.  Depend  upon  it.  Miss 
Wellby,  when  there  is  no  sin,  there  will 
be   no  schism." 

And  years  after,  when  Miss  Wellby 
was  congratulating  him  on  the  accession 
of  a  whole  family  to  the  church-com- 
munion, he  said,  *^  You  see,  Miss  Wellby, 
I  have  not  been  such  a  bad  church- 
man after   all." 

Miss  Wellby  did  not  like  Miss  Green- 
field so  well  as  her  father,  or  her  mother. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   135 

who  was  a  gentle  invalid,  or  her  younger 
brothers  and  sisters,  who  mostly  inherited 
the  genial  temper,  if  not  the  talents  or 
the  devotedness,  of  their  father.  Miss 
Greenfield  was  a  strong-minded  young  wo- 
man, about  thirty,  who  worked,  and  taught, 
and  visited  like  two  curates  in  one,  and 
was  much  more  loved  by  the  poor  than 
by  the  rich,  who  thought  her  dictatorial. 
Miss  Wellby,  however,  always  treated 
Miss  Greenfield  very  politely.  She  did 
not  argue  with  or  laugh  at  her,  as  at 
Miss  Richards,  for  whom  in  her  heart 
she  had  a  tenderness  greater  than  for 
any  other  human  being.  She  frequently 
abused  Miss  Greenfield  to  Harriet,  who 
always  maintained  that  she  was  the  most 
*^  devoted  Christian  "  in  the  parish.  After 
a  long  argument,  Clara  would  sometimes 
conclude, — 


136   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  Well  Harriet, — one  thing  I  will  allow 
in  praise  of  Eliza  Greenfield.  She  has 
not  published  a  book  yet  about  her  own 
doings.  In  the  good  old  days  we  used 
to  be  taught  not  to  sound  a  trumpet 
before  us ;  but  now-a-days  your  alms- 
givers,  and  your  missionary  ladies,  have 
all  a  printer  coming  up  at  their  heels." 

But  I  have  kept  the  reader  waiting 
long  enough  for  the  appearance  of  the 
Smiths — not  longer,  however,  than  they 
kept  Miss  Richards  and  the  rest  of  her 
guests. 

Mrs.  Smith,  Miss  Laura  Victoria,  and 
Mr.  Edgar  Smith  were  the  represent- 
atives of  the  family  on  the  present 
occasion.  There  were  at  least  two  female 
hearts  present  not  altogether  unmoved 
by  the  presence  of  the  young  gentleman 
— which,    if   he  could  have    known    him- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   137 

self,  he  would  not  have  been  in  the 
least  surprised  at,  as  a  very  low  opinion 
of  his  own  attractions  was  by  no  means 
one  of  his  merits.  And  yet  I  do  not 
myself  think  that  Edgar  Smith  was  of 
so  haughty  a  mind  as  many  other  people, 
— as  some,  even,  who  are  considered 
humble.  He  could  pardon  affronts  to 
his  vanity,  and  he  felt  no  mortification 
in  acknowledging  superiority  when  he 
met   with    it. 

You  don't  think  so  very  much  of 
this,  my  dear  reader,  with  the  mind  at 
once  humble  and  lofty.  I  am  sorry  for 
it,  because,  with  all  his  faults  and 
weaknesses,  I  wished  you  to  give  my 
hero — yes,  Smith,  attorney  of  Gosling- 
ford,  is  my  hero — some  credit  for  mag- 
nanimity; and  magnanimity,  dear  reader, 
though   it    does     exist,    is   not     common, 


138    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

perhaps  the  most  uncommon  of  all  the 
virtues. 

Edgar  Smith  was  very  fond  of  Mr.  Green- 
field. Most  intelligent  young  men  were, 
for,  though  above  sixty,  Mr.  Greenfield  had 
all  the  freshness  and  much  of  the  enthusiasm 
of  youth  still.  His  sympathies  with  the 
young   perhaps  stronger   even    than    with 

those  of  his  own  standing.  Now,  as 
soon,    therefore,  as   Edgar   saw   that   Mr. 

Greenfield  was  of  the  party,  and  that  he 
was  standing  in  a  window  a  little  apart, 
and  very  accessible,  he  joined  him,  first 
shaking  hands  with  Miss  Richards,  and 
bowing  inclusively  to  the  rest  of  the 
party, —  a  movement  which  was  no  little 
disappointment  to  Miss  Westcote,  who 
confidently  expected  he  would  have  come 
to  her.  Hannah  Brown  was  not  disap- 
pointed, for  she  had  not  exactly  expected 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   139 

anything.  She  only  experienced  a  rather 
deeper  and  fresher  pang  of  the  dull 
old  pain, — the  mortified  feeling  that  no- 
body thought  her  worth  paying  any 
attention   to. 

But  tea  was  now  on  the  table,  and 
Miss  Harriet  was  seated  behind  the  heavy 
silver  urn,  with  the  china  before  her — 
the  only  wonder  of  which  was,  that 
Colebrook  Dale  had  ever  produced  any- 
thing so  ugly.  The  strongest  of  tea, 
the  richest  of  cake,  the  thickest  of  cream 
plentifully  supplied  the  table ;  and  two 
neat,  quakerish-looking  maid-servants  stood 
with  silver  trays,  ready  to  convey 
the  sleep-destroying  beverage  and  the 
indigestible  viands  round  to  the  ladies, 
as  soon  as  Mr.  Greenfield  should  have 
said  grace.  And  then  Mr.  Edgar  Smith 
bestirred    himself    to   be    polite,    and    ere 


140   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

anyone  was  aware  of  his  intention,  he 
was   standing  beside    Hannah   Brown. 

*'  I  am  delighted  to  see  you  able  to  be 
here,  Miss  Brown,  and  to^  have  heard  from 
Mr.  Greenfield  that  your  arm  is  so  much 
better.  Allow  me  to  fetch  you  tea,  and  to 
act  as  your  left  hand.  I  can  hold  your  cup 
and  saucer  while  you  use  the  other  to 
drink  it." 

"  Oh,  thank  you,  but " 

"  I  can  sit  on  that  stool  at  vour  feet, 
and  then  the  cup  will  be  just  at  the  height 
convenient  for  you  to  reach." 

Mr.  Edgar  Smith  sitting,  in  the  face  of 
Goslingford  and  Miss  Harriet  Richards,  at 
the  feet  of  Hannah  Brown,  who  never 
flirted !  Oh,  ye  old  maids  of  Goslingford ! 
Could  ye  have  outlived  such  a  spectacle  ? 
Hannah  coloured  all  over  her  face  and 
throat  with  mingled  terror  and  shyness. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   141 

"  Oh,  no,  Mr.  Smith,  I  could  not — you 
must  not,  indeed." 

Edgar  Smith  laughed  heartily.  He  knew 
just  as  well  as  Hannah  the  sensation  such  a 
proceeding  would  have  produced,  but  he 
would  have  liked  nothing  better.  He  did 
not  wish  to  annoy  her  however,  and  he 
read  her  feelings  at  a  glance. 

"Well,  if  the  prejudices  of  society,  or 
your  own  prejudices,  are  against  me,"  he 
added,  a  little  more  gravely,  "  let  me  set  a 
chair  for  you  at  the  table." 

"  Do,  Hannah,  dear,"  cried  Miss 
Richards  from  behind  the  tea-urn,  "  come 
and  sit  at  the  table.  Here  is  a  nice  quiet 
place  just  beside  me." 

And  Edgar  Smith,  as  Hannah  rose  to 
obey  the  summons,  followed  her  with  a 
chair,  and  placed  it  not — exactly  in  the 
spot  indicated  by  Miss  Richards,  but  where 


142   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

there  was  room  for  himself  to  stand  near 
her. 

The  surprise  and  just  indignation  of 
Miss  Westcote  may  be  imagined.  Surely 
it  must  be  some  great  mistake.  She  had 
always  heard  that  Edgar  Smith  prided 
himself  upon  thinking  differently  from 
other  people  ;  but  to  go  and  devote  himself 
to  Hannah  Brown,  whom  nobody  ever 
thought  of  admiring,  and  considering  the. 
terms  the  families  were  on,  it  really  was 
a  freak,  and  a  most  provoking  freak, 
considering  the  new  dress  from  Button- 
borough  !  Mrs.  Smith,  in  her  heart, 
sympathised  with  Miss  Westcote,  but  if 
any  one  had  ventured  to  impugn  her  son's 
taste,  she  would,  of  course,  have  taken  his 
part,  even  though  it  involved  approbation 
of  Hannah  Brown.  As  for  Hannah 
herself,  the  novel  position  of  being  singled 


THE    BROWNS   AND    THE    SMITHS.       143 

out  for  attention  was  not  quite  so  agree- 
able as  she  had  fancied.  It  made  her  feel 
awkward.  She  fancied  everybody  was 
looking  at  her,  to  see  how  she  bore  it; 
and  then  her  arm  was  in  a  sling !  But 
after  tea  was  over,  it  was  more  comfort- 
able. Edgar  sat  down  a  little  behind  her, 
where  he  was  not  so  conspicuous,  and  they 
fell  into  a  pleasant  conversation,  so  that 
Hannah  forgot  her  own  personality,  and 
became  unconscious  and  at  ease. 

Hannah  had  read  about  most  places,  but 
in  her  limited  range  of  society  she  had 
hardly  met  anyone  before  who  had  lived 
abroad,  and  Edgar's  lively  sketches  of 
Bonn,  where  he  had  been  at  college, — his 
rather  humorous  and  somewhat  exagge- 
rated descriptions  of  Rhine  tourists, — and 
his  little  pictures  of  Alpine  scenery,  made 
Hannah  long  and  laugh  by  turns.     Edgar 


144   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

was  really  doing  his  best  to  please,  and 
he  was  neither  too  nervous  nor  too  con- 
fident for  success.  Hannah's  freshness  and 
naivete,  united  with  her  evident  intelli- 
gence, were  just  what  interested,  and, 
perhaps,  a  little  flattered  him.  He  thought 
what  a  pleasant  thing  it  would  be  to  show 
her  all  these  things,  and  to  watch  her 
enjoyment  of  them.  She  had  had  such 
a  dull  life !  How  pleasant  it  would  be 
to  brighten  it ! 

At  last  Hannah  began  to  awaken  to  a 
consciousness  that  their  conversation  had 
been  very  long,  and  to  feel  again  a  little 
uncomfortable.  Hesitating  for  a  second  or 
two,  she  said  : — 

"  I  wonder  what  Miss  Wellby  is  talking 
about  so  energetically  to  Mr.  Greenfield  ?" 

^'  You  mean  you  would  like  to  go  and 
hear.    I  must  not  engross  you  all  the  evening, 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   145 

Miss  Brown,  I  know."  Hannah  coloured  as 
she  passed,  but  Edgar  Smith  remarked, 
within  himself,  that  her  7idivete  was  not 
without  a  mixture  of  dignity.  He  now 
betook  himself  to  the  hitherto  neglected 
Miss  Westcote,  whose  ruffled  plumage  began 
to  smooth  as  she  saw  him  approach,  and 
the  more  especially  as  he  addressed  her 
with  a  compliment,  which  she  received  with 
a  giggle. 

"  What  a  flirtation  you  have  been  having  ! 
It  has  quite  amused  me.'' 

^'  Has   it  ?      I    am    very   happy  to  have 
amused  you." 

"  I  don't  think  I  ever  saw  Hannah  Brown 
flirt  before." 

"  Probably  not.     Are  you  sure  she  has 
been  flirting  now  ?  " 

Miss  Westcote  was  not  very  bright.     She 
fancied  Mr.  Edgar  Smith  was  gratifying  her 

VOL.  I.  L 


146   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

by  a  little    detraction  of  Hannah  Brown. 

"  I  thought  so ;  but  I  am  sure  I  don't 
know  why,  people  don't  generally  admire 
her." 

"  Don't  they  ?  If  you  don't  know  why, 
it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  I  don't 
know  why  either.  Do  you  think  her 
pretty  ?  " 

"I  !  Oh  no ;  nobody  does,  that  I  know 
of." 

"  I  will  tell  you  of  one  person,  then,  who 
does." 

"Oh,  pray  do.     Who?" 

"  I  do." 

Miss  Westcote  had  recourse  to  the  giggle 
with  which  she  was  wont  to  fill  up  any 
hiatus  in  conversation.  Talking  was  not 
her  forte.  She  looked  Mr.  Edgar  Smith 
full  in  the  face,  with  a  sort  of  feeling  that 
he  might  be  joking.     But,  perhaps  because 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   147 

she  was  no  physiognomist,  she  could  read 
nothing  there  to  enable  her  to  decide  the 
point.  She  thought  he  looked  amused  ;  but 
that  it  was  at  Hannah  Brown,  she  did  not 
feel  so  certain  perhaps  as  she  could  have 
wished.  Edgar  Smith  remained  beside  her 
till  the  supper-trays  made  their  appearance, 
but  her  flirtation  with  him  was  not  alto- 
gether so  satisfactory  and  comfortable  as 
she  had  expected.  Miss  Westcote  was  not 
much  of  a  philosopher,  or  she  might  have 
consoled  herself  with  the  reflection — like 
most  true  things  trite,  and  like  most  trite 
things,  invested  on  occasions  with  all 
the  force  of  originality — that  mortal  aff^airs 
seldom  do  turn  out  as  they  are  expected. 
Nor,  had  Miss  Westcote  been  capable  of 
making  a  general  reflection,  would  it  have 
been  trite  to  her.  Nothing  is  trite  to  stu- 
pidity ;  and  when,  by  the  irresistible  power 

l2 


148   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

of  circumstance,  an  idea  is  forced  upon 
the  stupid,  it  is  attended  with  all  the 
surprise  of  novelty.  You  see,  my  clever 
reader,  all  the  advantages  are  not  on  your 
side,  so  much  for  the  law  of  compensation. 

But  perhaps  on  the  present  occasion, 
Miss  Westcote's  feelings  were  too  much 
excited  to  permit  of  her  making  general 
reflections. 

When  she  returned  home,  and  her  mo- 
ther, who  had  absented  herself  from  the 
party  on  account  of  a  headache,  asked  her 
what  kind  of  evening  she  had  had,  she 
answered, 

*'  Oh,  so  hot  and  tiresome !  T  was  so 
sorry  I  had  put  on  my  new  dress." 

"  Were  the  Smiths  there  ?  " 

"  Yes.  Edgar  Smith  is  the  most  con- 
ceited creature.  Such  ridiculous  airs  he 
gives  himself !  " 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   149 

"  Airs !  Young  men  who  have  been 
brought  up  abroad  often  do.  But  I 
should  hardly  have  thought  he  would  have 
given  himself  airs  to  you.  These  Smiths 
are  so  full  of  pretence — as  if  I  did  not 
remember  what  a  different  position  they 
were  in  when  I  was  a  girl.  I  must  say 
the  Browns  are  very  different,  though 
they  have  a  much  better  right.  Hannah 
is  always  so  unassuming  and  quiet." 

^'  I  am  not  so  sure  of  that,  mamma.  She 
is  a  sly  thing,  and  such  a  dowdy  as  she 
looked  to-night,  with  her  arm  in  a  sling. 
Only  fancy,  Edgar  Smith  says  she  is 
pretty,"  and  a  slight  bitter  giggle  betrayed 
to  Mrs.  Westcote,  who,  though  not  abso- 
lutely a  genius,  was  yet  a  cleverer  woman 
than  her  daughter,  what  had  been  the 
jarring  element  in  the  party. 

"Nonsense,    my    dear!     He   could    not 


150   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

really  think  so.  Nobody  does.  I  have  no 
doubt  he  said  it  to  tease  you ;  but  you 
must  not  let  him  see  that  it  does." 

"  Oh,  it  does  not  tease  me  at  all,  I  assure 
y^ou." 

"  My  darling !  Do  you  think  Edgar 
Smith  has  no  eyes  ?  " 

Mary  Westcote  at  last  condescended  to 
smile,  and  a  glance  in  the  mirror,  at  her 
own  great  blue  orbs,  inclined  her  to  take 
her  mother's  view  of  the  question.  But 
she  had  still  sufficient  misgiving  to  invest 
the  affair  with  the  interest  of  uncer- 
tainty. 

But  I  have  been  anticipating  the  natural 
course  of  the  events  of  the  evening.  Mr. 
Smith,  senior,  appeared  about  the  same 
time  as  the  trays,  and,  after  everybody 
had  partaken  liberally  of  chicken  and 
tongue,    rich    creams    and    jellies,    heavy 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   151 

cakes  and  strong  negus,  the  party  broke 
up. 

Miss  Brown's  servant  had  come  for  her 
and  Miss  Wellby,  who  lived  near  the 
Browns;  but  Mr.  Edgar  Smith  could  not 
hear  of  the  two  ladies  walking  such  a 
distance — Miss  Westcote  lived  near  Miss 
Richards — without  being  protected  by  one 
of  the  stronger  sex.  It  was  in  vain 
that  Miss  Wellby  represented  that  Mr. 
Greenfield's  way  lay  along  with  theirs, 
and  that  it  would  be  a  great  distance 
for  him  to  walk  back  alone  to  Tudor 
Lodge. 

Mr.  Edgar  Smith  "  liked  a  solitary  walk 
on  a  summer  night.  I  am  romantic,  Miss 
Wellby,"  he  said,  a  slight  smile  playing 
round  the  corners  of  his  mouth.  Miss 
Wellby  laughed  scornfully. 

"Romantic!      Take   my   word    for    it, 


152   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Mr.  Edgar,  common  sense  is  better  than 
romance." 

"  I  am  not  so  sure  of  that,  Miss  Wellby. 
Perhaps  it  may  be  better  in  the  abstract, 
but  it  is  not  better  to  me.  It  may  be 
my  taste  to  prefer  living  on  gooseberry- 
fool  to  roast-beef" 

"  The  more  fool  you,  then,"  said  Clara. 

Edgar  laughed.  He  was  very  good- 
natured,  and  so  Miss  Clara  thought.  She 
was  pleased,  moreover,  with  her  own  wit, 
or  what  she  considered  wit.  She  had  not 
liked  Edgar  Smith  walking  home  with 
them,  having  quite  sense  enough  to  set 
down  this  piece  of  gallantry  to  Hannah's 
account.  As  long  as  she  could  remember 
Goslingford,  and  that  was  all  her  life, 
there  had  been  rivalship,  to  call  it  by  the 
mildest  name,  between  the  Smiths  and 
the  Browns.     Now,  Clara  was  of  opinion 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   153 

that  the  thing  which  had  been  was  the 
thing  which  should  be,  and  that  a  Mr. 
Smith  should  admire  a  Miss  Brown  ap- 
peared to  her  unnatural  and  portentous, 
and  she  had  felt  quite  fidgety  at  having 
been  forced  into  a  semblance  of  counte- 
nancing anything  so  anomalous.  But  she 
would  speak  to   Hannah  to-morrow. 

It  was  a  fine  moonlight  night,  the  sky 
without  a  cloud,  and  the  midsummer  twi- 
light in  the  north-west  seemed  to  struggle 
for  ascendancy  with  the  beams  of  the  moon, 
which  rose,  round  as  a  wheel,  and  looked 
over  the  chimney  tops  and  the  ancient 
gables  into  the  cruciform  streets  of  Gosling- 
ford.  Hannah  was  a  little  too  much  ex- 
cited to  admire  as  much  as  usual  the  broad 
shadows  and  the  white  lights,  and  the 
quaint  dark  outlines  of  peak  and  chimney 
beneath  the  silver  blue   sky ;   or   to    note, 


154   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

with  her  artist's  eye,  the  solitary  light  from 
some  cottage  window,  or  the  picturesque 
interior  of  some  little  huckster's  shop. 
Hannah  was  walking  as  quietly  as  she 
usually  did  on  a  fine  moonlight  or  star- 
light night,  but  she  did  not  much  observe 
outward  things.  She  was  feeling,  rather 
than  thinking,  though  she  scarcely  knew 
what  her  feelings  were.  The  predominant 
one,  perhaps,  was,  that  she  was  actually 
leaning  on  the  arm  of  Edgar  Smith,  the 
hereditary  foe  of  her  father's  house. 
Certain  recollections  of  Romeo  and  Juliet, 
Lucy  Ashton  and  the  Master  of  Ravens- 
wood,  &c.,  floated  before  her  agitated 
brain ;  for,  though  but  a  modern  attorney's 
daughter,  she  actually  recognised  in  the 
history  of  these  romantic  heroines  some- 
thing that  seemed  akin  to  her  own  humble, 
destiny.     But,  then,  quiet  Hannah  Brown, 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   155 

in  the  recesses  of  her  own  heart,  was  a 
very  romantic  girl. 

They  had  walked  about  half-way  to  the 
Old  Red  House,  when  Mr.  Edgar  Smith, 
who  had  hitherto  been  chatting  with  Miss 
Wellby,  suddenly  addressed  Hannah — 

"Of  course,  Miss  Brown,  you  are  fami- 
liar with  Shakspeare  ?  '' 

''  Shakspeare  !  "  cried  Miss  Clara,  whose 
associations  with  Shakspeare  were  limited 
to  a  vivid  recollection  of  the  outside  of 
eight  middle-aged  volumes,  handsomely 
bound  in  calf,  and  occupying  an  honour- 
able, dusty  place  in  her  late  father's 
library.  Shakspeare,  to  Miss  Clara,  was 
a  book  that  her  father  and  other  clever 
and  literary  men  read,  and  authors 
quoted.  At  her  father's  sale  she  had 
purchased  in  the  well-known  eight 
volumes,  as  she  felt  that  it  was  respectable 


156    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

to  have  them  on  her  own  bookshelf  at 
the  top  of  the  chifFoniere  in  her  drawing- 
room  ;  but  she  would  about  as  soon  have 
thought  of  Hannah  Brown  reading  the 
Koran.  "  You  forget,  Mr.  Edgar,  that 
Hannah  has  not  been  at  a  college,  and 
learnt  all  the  sciences,  like  the  Miss 
Smiths." 

Now,  Edgar  did  not  quite  see  what 
connection  there  was  between  Shakspeare 
and  the  scientific  education  of  his  sisters, 
so  he  could  only  laugh,  while  poor  Hannah 
remained  very  uncomfortable  and  nervous 
on  account  of  Clara's,  as  it  seemed  to  her, 
scarcely  polite  speech. 

They  had  now  come  in  sight  of  the 
church,  and  Edgar  admired  the  elegance 
of  the  slender  spire,  as  it  rose  up  so  clear 
and  tapering  under  the  moonlight  sky,  and 
the  dark  shadow  beneath  the  old  Norman 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   157 

arch  in  the  porch,  and  the  fine  old  trees, 
so  shady  and  so  solemn.  And  then 
Hannah  began  to  speak,  and  to  join 
warmly  in  the  admiration ;  for  that 
ancient  church,  and  those  venerable  trees, 
had  early  impressed  the  girl's  imagination, 
and  she  tasted  with  joy  this  first  draught  of 
sympathy  in  feelings  as  old  as  her  memory. 
Clara,  too,  admired  the  church,  but  it  was 
because  it  was  the  church ;  and,  in  the 
presence  of  a  dissenter,  more  especially, 
she  felt  a  sort  of  personal  triumph  in  the 
acknowledged  superiority  of  its  architec- 
ture and  antiquity. 

The  triumph  was,  perhaps,  a  little 
spoiled  by  the  fact  that  Edgar  did  not 
seem  altogether  to  regard  it  as  a  triumph, 
but  as  a  matter  of  fact  universally 
acknowledged. 

*^  I   often,"  said   Hannah,  at  last  joining 


158   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

in  the  conversation,  "wonder  what  kind 
of  people  they  were  who  built  such  places. 
What  great  thoughts  I — what  sublime 
perseverance  they  must  have  had !  I 
often  wish  I  could  realise  the  spirit  of 
the  men  whose  imagination  bodied  forth 
such  grand  monuments  of  their  genius." 

*'  It  was  the  monkish  spirit,  my  dear," 
said  Clara,  who,  like  most  people,  when 
she  said  she  liked  old  ways  and  old 
thoughts,  meant  only  the  ways  and  the 
thoughts  of  her  own  youth,  and  who 
viewed  the  people  of  remote  times,  as  of 
remote  countries,  with  a  species  of  con- 
tempt. "  If  you  want  to  know  about  it, 
I  have  a  very  nice  abridged  History  of 
England;  but,  though  they  did  build  fine 
churches,  they  were  such  fools  then,  they 
are  not  worth  reading  about." 

^'  But  if  they  had  all  been  fools,  Aunt 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   159 

Clara,  how  could  they  have  built  the 
churches  ?  " 

'^  They  framed  Magna  Charta,  too,"  said 
Edgar. 

"  Well,  well,  they  were  thought  fools 
in  my  day,  and  it  was  not  the  fashion 
then  for  young  people  to  be  wiser  than 
their  parents.  Somebody,  I  have  no 
doubt,  will  tell  us  some  day  that  Bloody 
Mary  was  a  humane  queen,  and  old  King 
Harry  a  just  ruler  and  a  moral  man, 
though  he  was  fond  of  cutting  off  the 
heads  of  his  wives." 

Miss  Clara  little  thought  when  she 
made  this  speech  that  it  would  prove 
prophetic.  But  she  triumphed  in  silenc- 
ing her  companions,  who  probably  thought 
it  was  as  well  not  to  employ  arguments 
where  arguments  were  of  no  use.  What 
is  the  use  of  overthrowing  an  enemy  who 


160   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

is  never  conscious  of  defeat  ?  When 
you  imagined  you  had  beaten  Miss  Clara 
to  the  dust  with  a  sledge-hammer  on  one 
side,  there  she  was  on  the  other,  aiming 
her  arrows  at  you  as  lively  as  ever,  and 
with  all  the  pride  of  victory. 

According  to  her  intention,  she  called 
on  Hannah  Brown  the  next  morning. 

"  Hannah,"  she  said,  "  I  do  not  approve 
of  this  foolish  flirtation  with  Edgar 
Smith.  It  can  come  to  no  good.  And 
if  it  were  to  go  further " 

If  it  were  to  go  further !  Hannah's 
heart  beat  at  the  ideas  this  "  going  fur- 
ther" vaguely  raised  in  her  mind,  and 
then  it  suddenly  sank.  Nothing  pleasant 
was  right  for  her.  It  was  the  old  story 
again. 

"You     must     put     a     stop     to     it    at 


once." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    161 

"Oh,  Aunt  Clara!  How  can  I? — he 
has  been  so  kind  to  me." 

And  she  coloured  painfully,  while  her 
lip  trembled,  and  a  tear  rose  to  her 
eye. 

Miss  Wellby  had  a  kind  heart.  She 
felt  herself  slightly  choking  for  a  second, 
but  it  was  not  her  wont  to  exhibit  such 
emotions. 

"  My  dear,  I  do  not  blame  you,  but  I 
am  very  angry  with  Edgar  Smith,  and  if 
it  were  not  for  your  dignity  I  would 
speak  to  him.  Men  have  not  much  con- 
sideration for  us,  Hannah,  and  they  can 
wring  our  hearts  for  a  few  hours'  amuse- 
ment— even  men  who  are  not  thought 
bad  men.  You  have  no  mother,  my  poor 
girl,  and  neither  your  father  nor  Mr. 
Smith  would  approve  of  this.  It  is  all 
very    well    that    good-natured    simpleton, 

VOL.    I.  M 


162    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Harriet,  talking  about  Christian  forgive- 
ness, but  it  is  contrary  to  common  sense. 
Oh,   Hannah,  why  do  you  cry  ?  " 

"  I  am  sure  I  don't  know." 

"  But  I  know,  Hannah,  if  this  is  not 
put  a  stop  to,  it  will  break  your  heart. 
You  have  not  the  spirit  of  some  other 
people.  And  it  went  hard  enough  with 
them,  too.  But  that  is  an  old  story, 
gone  and  done  long  ago." 

"  But  what  am  I  to  do.  Aunt  Clara  ?  " 

"  Don't  encourage  him." 

"  I  will  not ;  but  I  cannot  be  uncivil 
to  him.  No  one  else  has  ever  been  so 
kind  to  me." 

"  Some  kindness  is  no  kindness,  Han- 
nah. And  now  remember;  you  are 
warned  I " 

And  Miss  Clara  took  leave — kissing 
her   young   friend  with    more   than  usual 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    163 

tenderress.  She  felt  she  must  not  stay, 
lest  she  should  show  more  sympathy  than 
she  wished. 

Poor  Hannah  felt  miserably  depressed; 
but  first  hopes  are  not,  after  all,  so 
easily  crushed.  Hannah  began  to  think 
of  what  Miss  Richards  was  reported  to 
have  said  about  Christian  forgiveness. 
Were  forgiveness  and  good  sense  so  in- 
compatible ?  And  if  forgiveness  did  not 
mean  reconciliation  and  mutual  oblivion 
of  offence,  what  did  it  mean  ? 

Hannah  was  not  naturally  a  very  bold 
thinker,  but  she  did  begin  to  suspect  that 
common  sense  was  either  a  misnomer  or 
a  different  thing  from  good  sense. 


m2 


164   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


THE    STATE    OF   PUBLIC   OPINION   AT  GOSLING- 
FORD   ABOUT    SUNDRY    SOCIAL   MATTERS. 


Advice,  more  especially  unasked  advice, 
is  proverbially  of  little  use.  There  is  there- 
fore nothinoj  new  in  Miss  Clara's  counsel 
falling  fruitless  to  the  ground.  Or,  if  it 
had  any  effect,  it  was  merely  to  give 
Hannah  occasionally,  when  it  came  across 
her,  an  uneasy,  uncomfortable  sensation. 
But,  on  the  whole,  life  had  never  been  so 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    165 

pleasant  to  Hannah  Brown  as  it  was 
at  present.  The  first  time  she  had 
met  Edgar  Smith  after  her  conversation 
with  Miss  Wellby  (the  interview  was  in 
the  street),  she  had  endeavoured  to  pass 
him,  but  Edgar  was  not  to  be  so  served. 
He  stopped  to  inquire  for  her  arm,  and  to 
shake  hands,  and  then  he  discovered  he 
was  going  the  same  way,  and  walked  with 
her  as  far  as  the  draper's  shop  at  which  she 
was  going  to  make  some  purchases.  The 
Goslingford  public,  having  discovered  that 
Hannah  Brown  had  met  the  Smiths,  at 
Miss  Richards'  tea-party,  without  any 
terrific  social  explosion,  or  even  without 
that  heavy  gloom  which  usually  results 
from  inharmonious  elements  in  a  party, 
immediately  began  to  follow  the  example 
set  by  good  Miss  Harriet,  and  to  invite 
Hannah  Brown  to  meet   the   Smiths.     It 


166    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

saved  the  Goslingford  party-givers  the 
uncomfortable  alternative  of  either  leaving 
Hannah  to  mope  alone  in  the  dismal  soli- 
tude of  the  Old  Red  House,  or  of  giving  an- 
other set  of  little,  inferior  parties,  especially 
for  her  benefit.  Old  Brown  had  for  many 
years — ever  since  Mrs.  Brown's  death — given 
up  promiscuous  party-giving  and  party- 
going.  About  once  a-year  he  entertained 
his  own  old  friends,  and  year  by  year  these 
were  diminishing  in  number.  Often  Miss 
Wellby  dropped  in  to  tea ;  and  occasionally 
she  and  the  Greenfield  family  were  more  for- 
mally invited  to  the  same  old-fashioned 
meal ;  but  with  these  exceptions,  the  Browns 
did  not  see  any  society.  The  Smiths,  on 
the  contrary,  were  the  greatest  party-givers 
in  the  place.  Many  people — nay,  most 
people — said  it  was  very  foolish  and  unne- 
cessary in  them  to  give  so  many  parties,  and 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    167 

such  expensive  parties,  and  to  introduce  so 
many  fashions  unheard-of  in  Goslingford ; 
still  nobody  liked  to  be  left  out  at  these 
parties,  and,  in  consequence,  at  the  best 
Goslingford  reunions  it  was  felt  that, 
whoever  was  omitted,  the  Smiths  must 
be   asked. 

Hannah  Brown  could  not  be  quite 
ignored.  Goslingford  gentility  had  an  here- 
ditary respect  for  the  Browns.  They  were 
the  oldest  and  most  resj)ected  family  in 
the  place — identified  as  it  were  with  the 
respectability  of  the  Borough  itself.  So 
respectable  they  were,  that  the  mere  fact  of 
visiting  them  was  in  itself  respectable. 
Then  people  were  sorry  for  "  poor  Hannah," 
"  she  was  so  inoffensive,  and  led  such  a 
dull  life,"  though  many  doubted  if  she 
found  it  dull.  Then  she  would  be  rich 
some  day,   and    it  was  not  an  uncommon 


168   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

opinion  in  Goslingford,  though  Miss  Wellby 
and  Mr.  Greenfield  dissented  from  it,  that 
Hannah  Brown  would  be  the  Harriet 
Eichards  of  the  next  Goslintrford  ^en- 
eration. 

This  notion  had,  however,  somewhat 
begun  to  decline  since  the  advent  of 
Edgar  Smith,  and  since  Hannah  Brown 
was  more  seen  at  the  gayer  Goslingford 
parties. 

Monkeys  are  not  more  imitative  then 
men,  and  we  imitate  not  onlv  fashions  of 
dress  and  manner,  but  fashions  of  thought 
and  opinion.  How  many  of  us,  I  wonder, 
have  an  original  opinion  even  about  the 
colour  of  a  ribbon  ?  Some  have  certainly, 
but  a  small  minority.  On  the  other  hand, 
let  anyone  of  us  only  have  sufficient  self- 
confidence,  or  effrontery,  to  maintain 
boldly,  and  without   the   weakness   of  the 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    169 

smallest  hesitation,  any  opinion  on  any 
subject,  and  it  will  soon  be  echoed  all 
round  with  equal  confidence. 

And  so,  as  Edgar  Smith  had  discovered 
that  Hannah  Brown  was  pretty,  other 
people  now  found  out  that  there  was 
something  "  very  interesting "  in  her  ap- 
pearance, she  "was  much  improved,"  and 
"  really  did  look  pretty."  And,  when  this 
was  once  acknowledged,  the  Goslingford 
beaux  would  not  let  Edgar  Smith  have 
her  all  to  himself.  They  stood  behind 
her  chair,  and  fetched  her  fan,  and  talked 
mainly  to  her,  and  she  was,  in  one  sense, 
much  gratified,  even  sometimes  when  she 
was  ready  to  yawn  in  their  faces  with 
very  weariness,  from  the  dismal  dearth 
of  sense  or  wit  in  the  conversation,  which 
she  felt  a  compliment. 

Poor,    simple   Hannah   Brown !     I   fear 


170    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

you  despise  her,  and  think  she  had  no 
greatness  of  soul.  It  was  so  pleasant  to 
her  to  think,  after  all,  she  could  be 
attractive  like  other  people.  Should  you 
like  to  feel  yourself  despised  and  neglected, 
dear  reader?  No,  of  course  you  would 
not — by  people  of  judgment;  but  you 
would  not  mind  what  such  people  as  the 
Goslingford  people  thought.  But  then 
Hannah  Brown  knew  no  other  people. 
Goslingford  was  her  world,  and  not  so 
much  unlike  the  great  world,  perhaps, 
as  one  might  at  first  imagine. 

And  now,  1  fancy  I  see  the  utter 
contempt  with  which  you  of  the  en- 
larged mind,  who  have  spent  seasons  in 
London,  and  seasons  in  Paris;  to  whom 
the  mer  de  glace  is  as  familiar  as  the 
German  or  Atlantic  Oceans,  and  who 
have  even  "  wintered   at  Rome,^'  view  the 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    171 

smallness  and  the  narrowness  of  Goslino^- 
ford  life.  Yet  the  Goslingford  world 
was  just  as  important  to  the  Goslingford 
people,  as  your  great  world  is  to  you. 
And  why  not  ?  What  do  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Neptune,  for  instance,  if  propor- 
tioned mentally  to  the  size  of  their  planet, 
and  if  the  old-fashioned  notion  be  cor- 
rect, that  there  are  *'  more  worlds  than 
one,"  think  of  us  ?  Something  similar, 
probably,  to  what  you  think  of  the  Gos- 
lingford people. 

In  old-fashioned  houses  one  sometimes 
sees,  at  the  end  of  a  room,  a  little  convex 
mirror — there  are  many  such  in  Gosling- 
ford— which  affords,  in  diminished  per- 
spective, a  view  of  the  apartment  and  its 
inmates.  I  have  often  watched  with 
amusement,  the  little  gestures,  the  seem- 
ingly  mimic    graces   of    these   Lilliputian 


172    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

men  and  women,  and,  in  doing  so,  have 
been  invaded  by  a  sense  of  the  ludicrous. 
And  yet  these  tiny  figures  were  our  very 
selves.  It  was  only  their  proportions 
that  gave  them  a  tinge  of  absurdity. 
Now,  the  doings  of  dukes,  and  countesses, 
and  statesmen,  and  authors  on  the  theatre 
of  the  great  world,  are,  after  all,  animated 
by  the  same  motives,  and  stimulated  by  the 
same  ambition,  as  those  of  the  Goslingford 
people  on  their  little  country-town  theatre. 
The  difference  is  in  the  size  of  the  stage, 
not  in  the  passions  of  its  actors. 

But  this  is  very  stale,  you  will  say. 
Dean  Swift  showed  us,  Ions:  ago,  in 
Gulliver,  how  small,  and  contemptible, 
and  degraded  we  all  are.  He  did.  But 
I  want  to  show  you,  amid  all  its  small- 
nesses,  how  the  universal  human  heart, 
even    reflected  in   the   convex   lens   of   a 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    173 

country  town,  has  its  noble  as  well  as  its 
trivial   side. 

"  No  man  is  a  hero  to  his  valet-de- 
chambre,'*  says  the  adage.  I  think  it  is 
Carlyle  who  remarks,  that  if  this  be  true 
it  is  the  valet's  fault.  Now,  all  life  is 
noble  to  those  who  are  noble  enough 
to  look  through  the  trivialities  which 
overlie  the  outside.  Perhaps  the  feeling 
of  the  nobleman,  who,  for  the  first  time, 
appears  at  the  drawing-room  in  blue 
ribbon  and  star,  may  even  be  akin  to 
that  of  Miss  Westcote,  when  she  as- 
tonishes a  Goslingford  party  with  a  new 
specimen  of  Buttonborough  milliner}^  ; 
or,  when  Mrs.  Smith  makes  a  new  do- 
mestic financial  arrangement,  which  adds 
to  the  family  comfort,  wnile  it  saves  the 
family  purse,  has  she  not  a  feeling,  in 
its   small   and   humble  way,   akin  to  that 


174    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

of  Mr.  Gladstone  or  Mr.  Disraeli  when 
they  achieve,  or  think  they  have  achieved, 
a  like  feat  in  the  production  of  the  new 
budget  ? 

But  to  return  to  Hannah  Brown.  She 
had,  as  far  as  was  possible  with  one  so 
shy,  become  the  fashion  at  Goslingford ; 
though  it  is  probable,  had  Edgar  Smith 
not  had  an  opinion  of  his  own,  she  might 
have  been  one  of  those  flowers  born  to 
blush  unseen,  merely  because  the  world 
does  not  see  with  its  own  eyes.  And  is 
this  an  uncommon  thing  in  the  great 
world  ?  How  many  faces  have  we 
thought  beautiful  because  some  leader 
of  fashion  said  they  were  beautiful  ! 
How  many  books  have  we  cried  up  as 
clever,  merely  because  some  authority 
made  it  the  fashion  to  think  so  ! 

Dancing    was     not     a     very    favourite 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    175 

amusement  at  Goslingford.  Still  dancing- 
parties  did  occasionally  take  place,  and 
were  looked,  upon  as  great  events  by 
Young  Goslingford.  They  were  talked 
about  for  a  week  before  and  a  week  after 
their  occurrence.  Miss  Harriet  Richards, 
of  course,  thought  dancing  a  sin ;  and 
equally,  of  course,  Miss  Clara  Wellby  took 
a  directly  contrary  view. 

"  I  have  no  patience,  Harriet,  with 
people  dancing  till  they  are  too  old  and 
too  wrinkled  to  find  partners,  and  then 
turninof  round  on  the  young  and  the 
blooming,  and  saying,  *  You  shall  not 
dance — it  is  a  sin !  '  any  more  than  I 
should  have  any  patience  with  a  man 
who  was  ordered  by  his  physician  to 
abstain  from  wine,  and  then  went  about 
preaching  tee-totalism  as  essential  to  sal- 
vation.    Very  like    the    old    fable   of  the 


176   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

dog  and  the  manger,  which  I  sometimes 
think  must  have  been  made  prophetically 
for  the  present  generation.  I  remember 
when  the  Smiths  thought  it  a  sin  to 
dance,  but  now  that  they  have  stylish 
grown-up  daughters,  they  seem  to  have 
changed  their  minds." 

Poor  Harriet  returned  no  answer.  This 
especial  backsliding  of  the  Smiths  was  a 
sore  subject  with  her.  If  they  had  been 
any  persons  but  themselves,  she  would 
have  had,  and  would  have  declared,  very 
decided  opinions  on  the  point.  But  the 
Smiths !  And  she  thought  and  said  it 
was  some  great  and  temporary  delusion 
under  which  such  pious  people  would  not 
be  permitted  long  to  remain. 

Some  people,  no  doubt,  will  say  that 
Miss  Harriet  was  not  very  consistent ;  but 
who    among    us    is  ? — and  what    a  world 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    177 

this  would  be — how  hard,  how  uncharit- 
able, how  unloving,  if  everybody's  conduct 
was  in  logical  sequence  with  everybody's 
opinion.  Then  let  us  be  thankful  there 
is  so  little  consistency. 

As  it  was  a  moot  point  in  (roslingford, 
Hannah  Brown  had  taken  it  into  con- 
sideration whether  or  not  it  was  right  to 
dance.  Now  Hannah  had  rather  an  un- 
common way  of  deciding  such  points — 
differing,  for  instance,  from  that  of  the 
Miss  Smiths.  When  she  was  very  fond 
of  anything  she  was  not  at  all  ingenious 
in  discovering  reasons  in  its  favour,  but 
generally  suspected  its  harmlessness,  so 
singularly  was  it  a  fixed  idea  in  her 
mind  that  self-denial  rather  than  self- 
indulgence  was  the  root  of  all  virtue. 
Now,  Hannah  had  hitherto  rather  disliked 
dancing.     When    she   had    danced   it  was 

VOL.  I.  N 


176    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

rather  to  oblige  society  than  to  please 
herself,  so  that  the  temptations  of  dancing 
being  unfelt  by  her,  her  conscience  had 
pronounced  it  harmless;  but  she  would 
not  join  Aunt  Clara  in  condemning  as 
conceited  and  self-righteous  those  who 
thouo:ht  otherwise.  If  she  and  Miss 
Wellby  ever  quarrelled,  it  was  about  Lucy 
Greenfield,  the  Rector's  third  daughter, 
who,  young,  admired,  and  beautiful,  had 
declared  for  the  other  side  of  the  ques- 
tion. 

This,  Miss  Wellby  was  of  opinion,  arose 
from  conceit  and  spiritual  pride ;  but 
Hannah,  with  her  wider  sympathies,  could 
feel  for  the  poor  girl  who  had  not  only 
renounced  triumphs  which  her  own  heart 
whispered  must  be  gratifying  to  woman's 
vanity,  but  bore  bravely,  though,  per- 
chance,   with    keenest    sufi*ering,    all    the 


■  THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    179 

misconstruction  and  the  hard  judgment  to 
which  the  insulted  self-complacency  of 
others  subjected  her. 

"  Don't  talk  to  me,  Hannah.  Is  she 
not  saying  to  all  the  other  girls  in  Gos- 
lingford,  '  Stand  by,  I  am  holier  than 
thou?'" 

"  I  cannot  see  that,  Aunt  Clara. 
Dancing,  without  being  a  sin  to  other 
people,  might  be  a  sin  to  her,  if  it  made 
her  vain  or  jealous,  or  took  her  mind 
away  from  her  duties." 

*'  Then  if  it  did  so,  she  should  have 
been  ashamed  of  having  such  a  mind, 
and  have  humbled  herself  instead  of  set- 
ting herself  up.  She  ought  not  to  have 
allowed  herself  to  feel  such  things." 

"  Perhaps  the  very  reason  she  has 
given  up  dancing  is  because  she  will  not 
allow  herself." 

n2 


180    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  Don't  talk  nonsense  to  me,  Hannah. 
We  shall  hear  of  you  doing  the  same 
some  day." 

"  There  is  not  much  fear  of  my  being 
tempted  in  the  same  way/'  said  poor 
Hannah,  with  a  half-regretful  sigh. 

But  the  time  was  nearer,  perhaps,  than 
Hannah  expected.  She  had  plenty  of 
partners  now,  but,  somehow  or  other, 
it  did  not  elate  or  interest  her  much. 
She  had  a  deeper  interest  now  in  a 
party  than  the  mere  hope  of  receiving 
her  share  of  attention  (more  than  her 
share  the  humble  Hannah  had  never 
aimed  at),  and  the  almost  certainty  that 
this  hope  would  be  gratified,  lent  to  her 
mind  a  pleasurable,  though  not  violent, 
excitement,  which  left  little  room  for 
other  emotions. 

There  was  to  be  a  grand  party  at   Mr. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    181 

Splint's.  Mr.  Splint  was  the  principal 
surgeon  in  Goslingford.  He  had  risen 
from  small  beginnings,  but  he  was  really 
a  clever  man  and  a  conscientious  man, 
and  had  prospered  accordingly.  He  had 
married  early  in  life,  and  had  a  goodly 
array  of  sons  and  daughters  of  all  sizes, 
from  two  feet  in  height  to  six.  The 
party  was  given  in  honour  of  the  ma- 
jority of  his  eldest  son — a  tall,  red- 
whiskered  youth,  who  was  intended  to 
follow  the  profession  of  his  father. 

Mr.  Splint  lived  at  the  end  of  one  of 
the  cross  streets  of  Goslingford,  in  a  large 
house  with  green  railings  in  front,  and  a 
great  many  staring  windows,  looking  on 
the  street.  This  house  had  once  had  three 
pointed  gables,  but  had  been  new-fronted 
in  the  time  of  Mr.  Splint's  predecessor — 
a  change  which  had  been  thought  a  great 


182   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

improvement.  Behind  the  house  there 
was  a  very  large  garden  and  orchard, 
which,  on  this  festive  occasion,  was  to  be 
decorated  with  arches,  flowers,  &c.  But 
Mr.  Splint  did  not,  like  the  Smiths,  imitate 
the  manners  and  hours  of  the  great  world. 
Like  most  of  the  Goslingford  people,  he 
thought  four  the  proper  hour  for  a  dinner 
party,  and  seven  for  an  evening  party; 
and  a  chorus  of  praise  arose  from  all 
quarters  on  account  of  his  good  sense. 
It  must  have  been  from  a  singular 
opacity  of  intellectual  vision  in  Hannah 
Brown  that  she  could  not  perceive  the 
superiority  of  sense  connected  with  an 
entertainment  which  began  at  four  in  the 
afternoon  and  lasted  all  round  the  clock. 
It  struck  her  that  it  would  have  been 
pleasanter  divided  into  three.  She  was 
not,   however,    asked   to   the   four   o'clock 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   183 

dinner,  but  to  the  seven  o'clock  ball. 
There  were  to  be  only  gentlemen  at  the 
dinner,  which  Edgar  Smith  had  previously 
told  Hannah  Brown  he  considered  a 
remnant  of  barbarism,  and  a  practice 
which,  when  he  had  a  house  of  his  own, 
he  would  set  his  face  against. 

"  That  is,"  he  continued,  looking  away 
from  her,  and  with  less  self-possession 
than  she  had  ever  seen  in  him  before, 
"that  is,  if  my  wife  (if  I  am  so  happy 
as  ever  to  possess  a  wife)  should  be  of 
my  opinion."  Then,  suddenly  raising  his 
eyes,  and  looking  Hannah  full  in  the 
face,  but  with  a  raised  colour,  he  asked, 
"  What  would  you  do,  Miss  Brown  ?  " 

But  Hannah's  heart  had  almost  per- 
formed the  feat  to  which,  under  certain 
circumstances,  these  fleshly  force-pumps 
are  said  to  be  prone,  of  jumping  into  her 


184   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

mouth,  and  agitation  would  not  permit 
her  to  reply,  more  especially  as  they 
were  in  the  street.  They  had  met  at  a 
call  on  Miss  Richards,  and  Edgar's  way 
had  lain  in  the  same  direction  as 
Hannah's.  Ere  either  of  them  could 
speak  again,  they  were  joined  by  Miss 
Wellby,  who  had  crossed  the  street  on 
purpose,  a  little  to  the  discomfiture  of 
Hannah,  and  not  a  little  to  the  chagrin 
of  Edgar. 

"  I  am  just  going  home,  Hannah,  so 
we  will  walk  together.  I  met  your  mother 
looking  for  you  in  North  Street,  Mr. 
Edgar,  so  we  will  not  detain  you.  Good 
morning." 

"Good  morning,  Miss  Wellby,"  he 
answered,  almost  fiercely,  and  then  turn- 
ing to  Hannah,  he  continued,  with  a  slight 
glance  of  defiance  at  her  self-elected  com- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   185 

panion,  "  T  shall  wish  the  hours  away 
to-morrow  between  the  dinner  and  the 
ball." 

*' Hannah!  Hannah!"  said  Aunt  Clara, 
as  soon  as  he  was  gone,  "what  does  this 
mean  ?" 

"I  don't  know,"  said  Hannah,  meekly, 
but  she  was  not  sad. 


186   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER   TX. 

MRS.      splint's     ball. 

Edgar  Smith  was  by  no  means,  in  a 
general  way,  indifferent  to  the  attractions 
of  turtle  soup,  venison,  champagne,  and 
port  of  the  twenty  vintage,  and  the 
other  good  cheer  which  the  old-fashioned 
English  hospitality  of  Goslingford  piqued 
itself  on  setting  before  its  guests  on  grand 
occasions.  But  in  spite  of  these  gastro- 
nomic  alleviations    of    their    tedium,   the 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   187 

three  hours  passed  at  table,  on  Mr. 
Frederick  Splint's  birthday,  did  seem  to 
him  more  intolerably  long  than  any  three 
hours  in  his  life  had  ever  seemed  before. 
He  was,  moreover,  almost  perfectly  silent — 
quite  a  phenomenon  in  Edgar  Smith. 

Hannah  Brown,  in  the  meantime,  was 
dressing  for  the  ball.  Aunt  Clara  arrived 
to  superintend  the  completion  of  her 
toilet,  and  to  act  as  her  diaper  one  ^  for  in 
spite  of  her  annoyance  of  the  previous  day, 
and  her  dread  of  what  the  evening  might 
bring  forth,  a  ball  toilet,  and  Hannah 
Brown's  ball  toilet,  was  a  subject  of  too 
engrossing  interest  not  for  the  moment  to 
supersede  all  other  considerations.  Miss 
Clara  pronounced  her  young  friend's  dress 
to  be  *'  very  nice."  In  her  heart  she 
thought  her  looking  something  very  much 
beyond  very  nice,  but  it  was  contrary  to 


188   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Miss  Wellby's  principles  to  make  anybody- 
conceited. 

And  as  Hannah  stood  in  front  of  the  old 
mirror  on  the  end  wall  of  her  bedroom, 
contemplating  her  figure  by  the  red  light 
of  a  September  sunset,  she  did  not  herself 
feel  discouraged.  In  truth,  the  Goslingford 
people  were  not  mistaken  when  they  said 
Hannah  Brown  was  improved.  She  wore 
a  very  pretty  and  becoming  dress  certainly ; 
but  it  was  not,  as  Miss  Clara  supposed, 
to  it  that  the  improved  looks  were  due ; 
for  though  the  snowy  folds  of  her  drapery 
showed  to  advantage  her  slender  figure, 
though  her  coronet  of  oak  leaves  and 
acorns  was  elegant  as  well  as  Druidical, 
though  the  diamond  brooch  which  had 
been  her  mothers  glittered  bright  on 
her  modest  bosom,  the  difference  was 
owing     rather    to    the    fuller    life    which 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   189 

had  sent  the  blood  to  her  cheek  in  a 
warmer  glow,  and  given  to  her  eye  the 
excitement  of  hope.  Even  her  long  brown 
ringlets  seemed  to  share  in  the  improve- 
ment, and  to  have  this  evening  a  softer 
and  more  graceful  fall.  Poor  Hannah 
Brown !  This  night  was  the  culminating 
point  of  her  youth — perhaps  the  only 
night  of  her  life  in  which  she  felt  really 
young. 

Hannah  was  looking  quite  as  well,  only 
with  a  little  higher  colour  and  rather 
brighter  eyes,  when  she  and  Miss  Wellby 
were  ushered  into  Mrs.  Splint's  drawing- 
room.  Mrs.  Splint's  drawing-room  was  a 
large,  long  room,  with  a  large  window  at 
one  end — now  open,  and  with  two  or  three 
steps  down  into  the  garden.  Not  many  of 
the  evening  guests  had  arrived.  Miss 
Westcote    was    there,    however,    in    a    re- 


190   THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

splendent  Buttonborough  dress— all  pink 
and  gold,  and  flowers,  and  slightly  sug- 
gestive of  a  performance  on  the  tight  rope. 
The  gentlemen  had  not  come  in  from  the 
dining-room,  and  Hannah  felt  a  momentary 
sensation  of  disappointment.  But  as  she 
finished  shaking  hands  with  Mrs.  Splint, 
and  the  three  g^rown-up  Miss  Splints,  she 
heard  her  name  pronounced  behind  her  by 
a  voice  which  brought  an  additional  rush 
of  blood  to  her  cheeks,  and  made  her 
foolish  heart  beat  with  nervous  agitation, 
for  there  are  certain  kinds  of  pleasure 
which  feel  not  very  different  from  pain. 

"  I  hope  you  are  not  engaged  for  the  first 
quadrille.  Miss  Brown  ?  "  said  Edgar  boldly, 
before  everybody,  and  with  a  certain  air 
of  devotion,  as  if  he  did  not  care  whether 
people  remarked  upon  it  or  not.  Hannah 
answered  in    a  very  low  tone,  and    very 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   191 

shyly,  that  she  was  not  engaged,  on  which 
Edgar  placed  himself  by  her  side,  evidently 
with  the  intention  of  waiting  till  the 
dancing  should  commence.  This  was  not 
for  some  time ;  but,  in  the  meantime, 
little  passed  between  them.  There  was  a 
slight  mutual  awkwardness,  which  lasted 
even  through  the  quadrille.  When  that 
dance  was  finished,  they  stood  together  at 
the  window — Edgar  seeming  resolved  not 
to  leave  his  partner ;  yet  the  awkwardness, 
if  possible,  increased.  A  waltz  was  now 
played,  and  a  few  couples  were  soon  on  the 
floor. 

Waltzing  was  not  a  favourite  dance  in 
Goslingford,  and  at  the  time  I  write  of, 
had  not  been  long  introduced.  Miss  Wellby 
was  more  lively  in  her  condemnation  of 
it  even  than  Miss  Richards,  and  she  now 
sat  down  at  the  far  end   of  the   room  in 


192   THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

virtuous  indignation.  This  was  an  un- 
fortunate evening  for  poor  Miss  Clara. 
Edgar  Smith's  conduct  had  chafed  her  not 
a  little,  and  now  this  waltzing  quite  upset 
her  already  irritated  spirits. 

"  The  young  people  of  the  present  day," 
she  said,  "  have  no  sense  of  propriety, 
and  their  wilfulness  is  beyond  endurance. 
What  is  the  world  coming  to  ?  " 

Example  is  catching,  and  even  though  it 
was  in  prudish  English  Goslingford,  there 
were  now  many  pairs  whirling  round  in  the 
dizzy  foreign  maze. 

"  Will  you  join  in  the  waltz,  Miss 
Brown?"  said  Edgar  Smith. 

*'  Thank  you,  I— I  don't  waltz." 

Edgar's  blue  eye  positively  sparkled. 
^'I  am  glad  you  don't,"  he  said,  "for  I 
would  rather  be  denied  the  pleasure  of 
waltzing  with  you  than  see  any  one  else 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    193 

do  SO.  The  people  here  say  I  have  foreign 
ways,  but  you  see,  I  am  old-fashioned  and 
English  enough  in  some  of  my  feelings. 
Will  you  take  a  turn  in  the  garden,  while 
these  people  are  dancing?  I  see  two  or 
three  persons  there  already." 

Hannah's  silence  passed  for  assent,  and 
he  led  her  doAvn  the  steps  into  the  garden. 

It  was  by  no  means  a  very  tasteful 
garden;  still,  smooth  shaven  turf  and  bright 
flowers,  however  arranged,  must  always 
possess  some  beauty.  The  evening  too  was 
very  fine — ^bright  and  clear  as  fine  evenings 
generally  are  in  early  September — and  the 
golden  radiance  of  the  autumn  twilight  had 
begun  to  give  place  to  the  colder  light  of 
stars,  while  the  crescent  moon  grew  every 
moment  brighter  as  it  sank  in  the  darken- 
ing sky,  over  the  fading  meadows.  The  air 
was  soft  and  tepid,  but  it  seemed  fresh  and 

vo;l.  I.  o 


194    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

cool  after  the  steaming  ball-room ;  and 
the  magnolia  over  the  drawing-room  win- 
dows filled  it  with  fragrance. 

Hannah  Brown  leant  on  the  arm  of 
Edgar  Smith.  He  could  feel  that  her 
fingers  trembled  a  little,  but  that  might 
have  been  from  the  heat  and  the  dancing. 
His  own  heart,  however,  thumped  so  loudly 
that  he  fancied  she  must  hear  it. 

"  You  have  read  '  Romeo  and  Juliet,' 
Miss  Brown,  have  you  not?  though  you 
have  never  had  the  advantage  of  being  at 
a  ladies'  college?"  Ye — yes,"  said  Hannah, 
and  he  felt  sure  now  her  hands  did  tremble. 

"And  what  do  you  think  of  the  Mon- 
tagues and  Capulets?" 

"Think  of  them!— How?" 

"Don't  you  think  they  were  fools? 
They  hated  each  other  till  they  had  lost 
all   that  was  worth  livino;   for,  and    then, 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    195 

when  it  was  too  late,  they  were  reconciled. 
So  most  people  do.  It  is  the  way  of  the 
world."  Edgar  paused,  but  Hannah  made 
no  response.  He  then  continued, — "  I  think 
quarrels  between  families,  of  all  kinds, 
peculiarly  foolish  and  wicked  There  is 
more  excuse  for  personal  quarrels.  I 
always  hated  them.  Miss  Brown,  and 
always  made  up  my  mind  that  I  would 
have  nothing  to  do  with  them.  How  easy 
is  it  to  misconstrue  a  man's  every  act, 
if  one  wishes  to  do  so !  " 

"  Very  easy,  "  said  Hannah,  who 
thought  Edgar  Smith  the  noblest-minded 
of  men. 

"You  agree  with  me,  then,"  he  said, 
and  he  looked  eagerly  down  on  her  face, 
which  she  hastily  turned  towards  the 
ground. 

"  Yes,"  she  said  ''  I  do,"  but  her  tongue 

0-2 


196    THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

felt  SO  tied  and  heavy,  it  could  hardly 
utter  the  three  short  words. 

"  But  I  would  not  act  like  Romeo,  that 
is,  if  I  were  in  Romeo's  place.  I  would 
have  gone  boldly  to  old  Capulet,  like  an 
honourable  man ;  and  it  is  my  belief,  from 
what  followed,  that,  if  Romeo  had  done 
so,  he  might  have  married  Juliet  in  the  face 
of  day,  instead  of  in  the  sneaking  way  he 
did.  I  do  not  approve  of  any  one  of  the 
lot.  Tell  me  what  you  think.  I  would 
give  worlds  to  know." 

"  I — T,"  but  Hannah's  lips  closed  ;  her 
bodily  powers  seemed  under  some  strange 
mesmeric,  benumbing  influence;  and  yet 
she  knew — by  clairvoyance  probably^as 
her  eyes  were  still  on  the  ground,  that 
his  were  riveted  on  her. 

"  Hannah !  if  you  will  give  me  leave,  I 
will  go  to  your  father  to-morrow  and  tell 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    197 

him  how  1  love  you.  May  I — Hannah  ? " 
She  said  neither  yes  nor  no;  but  he 
knew  what  she  meant,  and  taking  her 
hand,  which  yet  rested  on  his  arm,  he  led 
her  round  the  garden,  and  talked  the 
nonsense  which  is  sweeter  far  than  wisdom, 
let  moralists  and  philosophers  say  what 
they  please.  And  when  at  last  Hannah, 
who  now  knew  from  experience — 

*'  How  silver  sweet  sound  lovers'  tongues  by  night," 

awoke  to  a  sense  that  something  was  due 
to  society  and  the  Splints,  and  urged  a  return 
to  the  dancing  room,  people  said  he  made 
himself  quite  ridiculous.  Hannah,  herself, 
hardly  liked  it.  And  yet  she  was  happy — 
wildly  happy. 

Till  the  end  of  her  life,  that  night  at 
the  Splints  seemed  as  it  did  even  now, 
while  yet  real  and  present  a  bewildering, 


198   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

intoxicating  vision.  The  ground  she  trod 
did  not  seem  like  the  solid  earth  ;  the  light, 
and  the  music,  and  the  moving  figures, 
appeared  all  phantom-like;  and  the  voice 
of  her  lover,  and  the  eager  cares  with 
which  he  encircled  her,  more  unreal, 
though  more  sweet,  than  anything  besides. 

Poor  Clara  Wellby  sat  in  dismay.  She 
was  cross  and  perturbed,  and  when  Edgar 
handed  Hannah  to  her  carriage,  shawling 
and  cloaking  her  with  the  deepest  in- 
terest, and  beseeching  her  not  to  catch 
cold,  she  fumed  and  chafed  and  almost 
scolded. 

"Hannah,"  she  said,  as  they  drove  off, 
"  I  have  seldom  spent  such  a  night  of 
vexation  and  annoyance.  You  know  I 
warned  you  at  the  very  beginning  what 
this  folly  and  nonsense  would  lead  to." 

"Oh,    Aunt   Clara!"'  said  Hannah,    be- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    199 

seechingly,  and  laying  her  head  on  her  old 
friend's  shoulder,  "  do  let  me  be  happy 
for  this  one  night." 

Clara  said  no  more ;  but  as  she  stroked 
the  long  tresses  which  hung  over  her  own 
bosom,  Hannah  fancied  she  heard  her 
murmur,  "  Poor  child !  " 


200   THE  BROWKS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  X. 


A   CRISIS. 


Hannah  slept  but  little  the  night  after 
Mrs.  Splint's  ball.  Her  head  was  in  a 
whirl,  her  heart  beat,  and  her  excitement 
was  almost  feverish.  About  an  hour  before 
getting-up  time,  she  fell  into  a  disturbed, 
dreamy  slumber,  from  which  she  was 
awakened  by  the  housemaid,  with  the 
warm  water.  Poor  Hannah  I  She  looked 
very  pale  and  haggard  this  morning.  A 
sort   of  re-action   had  come   from  the  ex- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    201 

citeinent  of  the  previous  evening,  and  the 
anxieties  of  the  coming  day  appeared  almost 
too  great  to  be  borne. 

Mr.  Brown  always  came  home  to  dinner 
punctually  at  three  o'clock,  and  this  was 
the  hour  chosen  for  Edgar's  important 
interview  with  him. 

It  yet  wanted  five  minutes  to  three 
o'clock.  Hannah  was  in  the  drawing- 
room,  and  her  father  standing  on  the 
terrace  walk  in  front  of  the  windows,  when 
Edgar's  knock  at  the  door  almost  took 
away  her  breath.  The  window  was  open, 
so  she  heard  her  father's  slight,  gruff 
exclamation  of  surprise,  and  beheld  his 
somewhat  chagrined  countenance  as  the 
servant  announced  to  him  that  Mr.  Edgar 
Smith  was  in  the  book-room,  and  wished 
to  see  him.  And  now,  how  can  I  give  you 
an  idea  of  poor  Hannah's  state  of  mind  ? 


202    THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

How  long  that  agony  of  suspense  lasted, 
she  could  not  herself  have  told.  At  first, 
she  tried  to  take  her  needlework;  but 
she  laid  it  down  again  immediately,  and 
began  to  walk  up  and  down  the  old 
drawing-room.  How  loud  and  how  slow 
the  time-piece  on  the  high,  carved  wooden 
chimney-piece  ticked !  It  seemed  to  echo 
the  throbs  of  poor  Hannah's  heart.  Then 
she  stood  still  for  a  minute,  and  looked 
out  on  the  garden.  The  lengthening 
shadow  of  the  spire  already  began  to 
project  tapering  into  the  middle,  and 
beyond  and  around  the  September  sun- 
shine looked  so  bright  and  calm,  that 
her  agitated  spirits  seemed  to  sicken  at 
the   contrast. 

For  many  a  long  day  the  sight  of  that 
scene  of  silence  and  sunshine  pierced 
Hannah's  heart  like  a  poisoned  arrow.    She 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    203 

turned  from,  it  and  mechanically  took  up 
the  books  and  ornaments  on  the  table. 
Then  she  opened  the  door,  as  if  from  the 
farther  corner  of  the  house,  where  her  father 
and  lover  were  closeted,  she  could  hear  some 
sign  of  her  fate.  How  interminable  seemed 
the  time !  And  yet  it  was  only  a  few  minutes. 

At  last,  the  bell  of  the  book-room  (Mr. 
Brown  would  not  allow  it  to  be  dignified 
with  the  title  of  library,)  rang  sharply. 
Hannah  felt  as  if  she  must  faint.  It 
seemed  to  her  that  the  maid  was  never 
going  to  answer  it.  She  threw  herself 
upon  the  sofa.  She  heard  footsteps  ap- 
proaching the  drawing-room. 

"If  you  please.  Miss,"  said  the  maid, 
"  Master  wishes  to  see  you  in  the  book- 
room  immediately." 

The  crisis  of  her  fate  had  indeed  come. 
Her  legs  seemed  almost  to  refuse  to  bear 


204    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

her  along  the  passage,  and  when  she  came 
to  the  door  she  gasped  for  breath. 

Mr.  Brown  and  Edgar  Smith  were  both 
standing.  Edgar  at  the  window,  appa- 
rently looking  out  on  the  church-yard  ;  Mr. 
Brown  at  a  writing-table  in  the  middle  of 
the  room. 

Hannah  dared  not  look  at  her  father's 
face ;  but  she  instinctively  felt  it  was  a  bad 
omen  that  her  lover  did  not  advance 
to  meet  her,  or  even  turn  to  her  on 
her  entrance.  He  made,  however,  an 
involuntary  twitching  movement  as  he 
heard  the  door  open  and  close.  Hannah 
took  hold  of  the  back  of  a  chair.  The 
moment  was   sickening. 

''  Hannah ! "  said  her  father,  and  one 
could  perceive  that  it  was  only  with  an 
effort  he  spoke  firmly,  "  this  young 
gentleman,    this   Mr.    Edgar    Smith,    tells 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    205 

me  that  it  is  with  your  consent  that 
he  comes  here  to  ask  mine  to  his 
marrying   you.     Is   this    true  ?  " 

Hannah  could  just  find  words  to 
answer — "  Yes,  father."  She  trembled 
excessively  ;  but  she  was  beginning 
to  get  less  nervous,  though  more 
alarmed. 

"  Hannah,"  he  said,  and  there  was 
grief  and  severity  in  his  tone;  "had  I 
not  heard  this  from  your  own  lips,  I 
could  not  have  believed  it.  Are  you 
aware  that  this  gentleman  is  one  of  a 
family  who  would  do  anything — any- 
thing not  in  the  world's  opinion  dis- 
honest— to  better  themselves,  that  they 
even  avow  such  principles?  Have  you 
forgotten,  poor  simple  girl,  that  you  are 
the  only  heir  of  my  fortune,  and  has 
it  never   struck    you    that    to    a     Smith 


206    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

that   may   have    been    one   of  your   chief 
attractions?  " 

Here  Edgar  turned  fiercely  round,  and 
confronted  Mr.  Brown  with  angry  eyes. 
Edgar,  though  he  was  not  quite  blind 
to  family  faults,  like  all  the  Smiths, 
had  strong  family  affections.  But  if  he 
intended  to  speak,  Hannah  prevented 
him. 

"Father,"  she  said,  firmly,  "you  are 
mistaken.  He  would  have  loved  me  all 
the  same,  if  I  had  not  had  sixpence. 
I    know    he    would." 

"  Thank  you,  Hannah — thank  you  for 
ever,"  said  the  lover,   earnestly. 

"  You  have  great  confidence  in  your 
own  charms,  it  appears,"  said  Mr.  Brown. 

"No,  father;  but  I  have  great  con- 
fidence in  Mr.   Smith's  sincerity." 

"  God    bless    you,    Hannah ! "    said    the 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    207 

young  man,  "now  no  accusation  can 
wound    me." 

"Fine  words,  and  the  folly  of  a 
lovesick  girl,"  said  Mr.  Brown,  "  will 
not  alter  facts,  will  not  excuse  you,  Mr. 
Smith,  for  clandestinely  stealing  ray 
daughter's  heart,  when  you  must  have 
known  such  an  alliance  would  be  dis- 
tasteful  to   me." 

"Sir,  I  have  not  clandestinely  stolen 
your  daughter's  heart,  I  have  sought 
her  in  the  face  of  the  world,  and  the 
moment  I  have  known  my  affection 
was  returned,  I  have  sought  your  coun- 
tenance. I  knew  there  were  grudges 
between  the  families,  but  I  hoped  this 
union  might  have  been  the  means  of 
terminating  feelings  which  are  neither 
right   nor   wise." 

"Perhaps,    young     man,     your     elders 


208    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

may  be  as  good  judges  of  that  as  you. 
And  now,  Hannah,  that  you  know  my 
opinion,  and  I  think  you  ought  to  have 
known  it  from  the  beginning,  will  you 
inform  me  what  you  intend  to  do  ?  " 

Hannah  looked  up  in  amazement,  and 
faltered  out  something  about  her  father's 
consent.  Old  William  Brown  fcecame 
very  pale,  set  his  lips  firmly,  and 
answered — 

"  That  I  should  willingly  consent  that 
you  make  yourself  miserable  for  life,  is 
impossible.  Hannah,  you  have  but  one 
alternative.  You  are  my  only  child — ' 
the  only  thing  left  to  me  on  earth  to 
comfort  my  old  age.  Marry  this  man, 
and  I  will  not  curse  you,  I  will  not 
disinherit  ycu ;  but  if  you  do,  you  will 
break  my  heart,  and  bring  my  grey 
hairs    with     sorrow   to   the   grave." 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   209 

For  a  moment  there  was  a  pause. 

If  William  Brown  had  been  pale,  his 
daughter  became  many  degrees  paler;  but 
her  trembling  and  her  nervousness  were 
over  for  the  moment.  She  stood  upright, 
and  said  in  a  firm  though  very  low  tone : 

"Then,    father,   I  will  not  marry   him." 

But  now  Edgar  started  forward,  his 
eyes    sparkling,    and     his    chest   heaving : 

"  You  will  not  marry  me !  I  could 
not  have  believed  this  unless  I  had  heard 
it  from  your  own  lips — I  could  not 
have  believed  that  you — you  would 
have   been   so   heartless   and   cruel !  " 

Hannah  burst  into  tears — this  was 
more   than   she   could   bear. 

"  Oh,  Edgar !  I  am  not  heartless.  If 
you  knew — Don't  reproach  me,  for  I  can- 
not bear  it ! " 

"  Nothino^  on  earth  would  have  induced 

.    VOL.  I.  P 


210   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

me  to  give  you  up ;  but  your  woman's 
love  is  weak  and  shallow." 

"I  think,  sir,"  said  Mr.  Brown,  "this 
interview  had  better  terminate.  It  must 
be  highly  painful  to  my  daughter,  and, 
as  a  gentleman,  you  must  wish  to  spare 
her." 

"  God  knows  I  would  have  given  my 
life  for  her,"  said  the  young  man,  bitterly. 
"  Farewell,  Hannah — farewell,  for  ever — 
since  so  you  wish  it  to  be." 

She  made  no  answer  in  words,  only 
her  eyes,  for  one  moment,  sought  his, 
with  a  mute,  deprecating  appeal.  He 
took  no  notice  of  it  then,  but  in  after- 
days  that  look  often  haunted  him  pain- 
fully. 

And  so  it  was  all  over ! 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   211 


CHAPTER  XL 


PUBLIC    OPINION    IN    GOSLINGFORD 

4 

IS   DIVIDED. 


And  now  came  the  long  days  of  trial 
for  Hannah  Brown.  Hannah  was  re- 
solved not  to  be  ill.  She  rose  the  follow- 
ing morning  at  her  usual  time,  and  made 
her  fathers  breakfast.  Then  she  tried 
to  employ  herself.  Reading  Avas  impos- 
sible. Housekeeping  for  an  hour  or  two 
did  better.     Then  she  tried  to  work,  but 

p2 


212   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

the  time  had  not  yet  come  even  for  that. 
In  that  way  she  could  not  escape  from 
her  own  thoughts. 

She  was  thankful  when,  at  last,  Clara 
Wellby  came — Clara,  whose  company  she 
could  often  have  dispensed  with,  though 
she  was,  at  all  times,  grateful  to  her  for 
her  kindness.  Clara  saw  it  all  at  a  glance, 
and  her  talkative  sympathy,  at  this 
period,  was  not  out  of  place.  Hannah 
had  not  yet  arrived  at  the  time  when 
sorrow  seeks  silence,  and  shrinks  with 
dread  from  any  infringement  of  it.  Clara 
proposed  that  Hannah  should  go  out 
with  her,  and  make  a  few  calls,  and 
Hannah  acceded.  Anything  to  escape 
from  her  own  recollections  ! 

It  was  not  long  ere  the  Goslingford 
world  became  acquainted  with  the  new 
phase  of    the   ancient    feud    between   the 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   213 

Browns  and  the  Smiths.  And  once  more, 
as  they  had  often  been  before,  the  rival 
merits  and  demerits  of  the  two  famiUes  be- 
came the  engrossing  topic  of  conversation, 
and  parties  ran  high.  Various  reports 
were  circulated  with  regard  to  the  inter- 
view between  Edgar  Smith  and  Mr.  Brown. 
Some  said  that  Mr.  Brown  had  turned 
the  young  man  out  of  the  house,  while 
others  averred  that  he  had  threatened 
Hannah  with  the  same  usage,  if  she  ever 
spoke  to  her  lover  again.  This,  or  some- 
thing like  it,  was  one  version  of  the 
affair  believed  and  circulated  by  the 
Smithian  partisans.  The  Brownites  main- 
tained, on  the  contrary,  that  they  did 
not  believe  that  Mr.  Brown  ever  thought 
of  turning  his  daughter  out  of  the  house, 
or  Edgar  Smith  either,  and  that  if  he 
did  in  the  latter  case,  it  only  served  him 


214   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

right.  Everybody  knew  that  the  Smiths 
were  always  looking  after  money,  and 
would  do  anything  to  get  it.  Nobody 
but  themselves,  under  the  circumstances, 
would  ever  have  thought  of  getting 
old  Brown's  money,  but  they  stuck  at 
nothing.  Poor  Hannah  was  a  girl  who 
had  seen  nothing  of  the  world,  and  was 
not  accustomed  to  much  admiration, 
and  it  was  no  wonder,  poor  thing,  she 
had  been  so  easily  taken  in.  Her 
father  had  done  the  really  kind  thing 
by  her,  and  she  would  live  to  thank 
him. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Smith  party 
were  quite  as  indignant  at  Hannah  as 
at  her  father.  Instead  of  being  the 
quiet  nobody  of  a  girl  everybody  had 
supposed,  she  had  turned  out  an  arrant 
flirt,  and,   after  giving  poor  Edgar  Smith 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   215 

every  possible  encouragement  (had  not 
everybody  seen  her  outrageous  flirting 
at  Mrs.  Splint's?),  she  had  given  him 
up  in  the  coolest  and  most  heartless 
manner.  It  was  quite  nonsense  to  say 
she  could  not  help  it.  Mrs.  Smith 
herself  had  said  Hannah  had  behaved 
most  heartlessly,  and  that  she  was 
thankful,  for  her  part,  that  it  was  all 
quite  over.  And  to  this  the  Brownites 
were  prone  to  answer  that  the  grapes 
were   sour. 

What  really  did  occur  at  the  inter- 
view in  Mr.  Brown's  book-room,  nobody 
ever  did  know,  except  Miss  Wellby. 
All  that  Miss  Clara  would  say  to  the 
world  was,  that  Hannah  Brown  had 
behaved  most  nobly,  that  there  was  not 
one  in  Goslingford  good  enough  for 
her,    and   that   she    did     not    blame   Mr. 


216   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Brown  either.  But  Miss  Richards,  being 
a  Smithite,  did  blame  Mr.  Brown.  He 
had  acted  in  a  most  unchristian  manner. 
But  ''  what  could  you  expect  from  a 
man  who  thought  week-day  sermons  out 
of  place  ?  '^  She  would  not,  however,  join 
in  the  censure  on  Hannah.  She  had 
"always  liked  the  poor  girl,  though, 
perhaps,  she  had  flirted  a  little  lately." 
Miss  Richards  had,  besides,  very  ex- 
alted notions  of  what  was  due  to 
parental  authority.  So  she  comfortably 
laid  all  the  blame  on  Mr.  Brown,  and, 
whenever  his  name  was  mentioned, 
sighed,    and   added — 

"And  a  man  of  his  age,  too !  Ah ! 
it   is   very   sad." 

On  which.  Miss  Wellby  would  iire  up 
and   answer — 

"  Sad !     It   is   very   sad,    I    think,    that 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   217 

Mr.  Smith  should  be  so  fond  of  money 
at  his  age.  And  covetousness,  you 
know,  is  idolatry,  just  all  the  same, 
Harriet,  as  if  he  told  his  beads  to  the 
Virgin." 

"  Ah !  but  his  views — his  views  are 
so  sound — his  foundation  so  different 
from " 

"  So  much  the  worse  for  him,  if  he 
knows  what  is  right,  and  does  not  do 
it.  What  is  the  use  of  a  foundation  if 
it   has   no   superstructure  ?  " 

*'  Oh !  Clara,  surely  you  must  know 
what    I    mean   by '' 

"Indeed,  Harriet,  I  never  know  what 
you  mean,  except  that  everybody  of 
your  way  of  thinking  is  right,  and 
everybody  of  any  other  way  wrong,  no 
matter  what  their  actions."  And  Miss 
Clara     laughed     her     triumphant     laugh 


218   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

over  her   prostrate   friend   and   adversary. 
But,    as   we   all   know, 

"  A  man  convinced  against  his   will, 
Is   of  the  same   opinion   still." 

And  so  is  a  woman.  Miss  Richards 
was  not  to  be  induced  to  think  like 
Miss  Wellby.  Nor  was  any  Smithite 
persuaded  to  become  a  Brownite,  nor 
any  Brownite  converted  to  Smithism, 
as  far  as  I  know.  All  the  arguing 
and  disputing,  and  gossiping  and 
counter-gossiping,  went  for  nothing,  or, 
rather,  tended  only  to  confirm  the 
separate  parties  more  strongly  in  their 
own  opinions.  Mrs.  Westcote,  for  in- 
stance, who,  from  the  first,  took  strong 
Smith  views,  thought  "  that  parents, 
when  the  choice  of  their  children  was 
respectable,  had  much  to  answer  for  in 
thwarting     their    afi'ections,"    while    Miss 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   219 

Westcote  was  lost  in  astonishment  at 
the  heartlessness  of  Hannah  Brown. 
*'  She  could  not  understand  any  woman 
acting  so  to  the  man  she  loved.  If 
she  loved  anybody,  she  would  never 
give  him  up — she  would  die  for  him — 
she  would  live  on  bread  and  water  for 
his  sake — she  would  gladly  jump  into 
the  sea  for  him — she  considered  it  a 
woman's  privilege,  as  well  as  duty,  to 
sacrifice  everything  for  the  man  she 
loved."  These  sentiments  were  main- 
tained everywhere  vehemently  by  Miss 
Westcote,  and  a  more  or  less  garbled 
account  of  them  reached  the  ears  of 
Edgar   Smith   himself. 

At  the  very  next  party  at  which  he 
met  her  (Hannah  Brown  was  not  there, 
she  was  not  asked  to  meet  the  Smiths 
now),   he  placed  himself  beside   her,   and 


220   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

devoted  himself  to  her.  Miss  Westcote 
began  to  feel  that  her  hour  of  triumph 
was  coming  at  last.  She  bridled  and 
giggled,  and  the  next  day  bought  two 
new  dresses  and  a  new  bonnet.  Miss 
Westcote  had  great  faith  in  the  effect  of 
silk  and  feathers  on  the  male  mind,  or 
rather  heart.  She  had  not  much  idea  of 
any  other  ornaments  than  the  plaiting  of 
hair  and  the  wearing  of  gold  and  apparel. 
It  was  now  remarked  by  the  Gos- 
lingford  people  that  Edgar  Smith  was 
much  seen  with  Miss  Westcote,  and  ap- 
peared to  be  consoling  himself  for  the 
loss  of  Hannah  Brown.  "  Quite  right," 
said  the  Smithites ;  "  why  should  he 
wear  the  willow  all  his  life  for  a  cold- 
hearted  jilt  like  Hannah  Brown,  who 
could  go  out  and  pay  morning  visits 
the  very  day   her   love-affair  was  broken 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   221 

off  ?"  And,  "  See,"  said  the  Brownites, 
''he  never  really  cared  for  her.  It  was 
her  money  after  all,  and  Mary  Westcote 
is  a  fool  not  to  see  that  he  only  takes 
her  five  thousand  because  he  cannot  get 
Hannah's    fifteen." 

Hannah  Brown  saw  them  herself  one 
day,  when  she  was  sitting  in  Mrs.  Splint's 
front  parlour  window,  going  down  the  street 
together,  and  the  sight  sent  the  blood  all 
curdling  back  to  her  heart.  She  had  been 
speaking  to  Mrs.  Splint,  when  all  of  a  sud- 
den she  stopped,  stammered,  and  became 
very  pale.  Mrs.  Splint  was  near  the  window, 
too,  and  saw  who  was  passing.  She  was 
a  kind-hearted  and  sensible  woman,  and 
divining  the  truth  in  a  moment,  brought 
her  guest  a  glass  of  wine  herself,  and 
made  her  swallow  it.  Mrs.  Splint,  in  a 
very   quiet   way,    was   a   Brownite — in    a 


222   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

very  quiet  way,  however,  for  Smiths  and 
Browns  were  both  patients  of  her  hus- 
band's, and  he  never  espoused  any  party 
cause.  But  Mrs.  Splint  knew  that  her 
eldest  son,  Fred,  admired  Mary  Westcote, 
and  at  their  party  she  had  encouraged 
him  not  a  little;  and  Mrs.  Splint  herself 
had  looked  favourably  on  the  budding 
courtship.  Now,  she  felt  very  angry  with 
Edgar  Smith  for  interfering  with  Fred's 
affections  and  prospects,  and  full  of  pity 
for  poor  Hannah  Brown.  In  spite  of 
her  husband,  she  would  never  again  sit 
silent  when  Hannah  Brown  was  accused 
of  heartlessness.  Mrs.  Splint  ''  was  sure 
she  was  not  heartless.  She  had  not 
flirted  with  anybody  else  since." 

"  Perhaps,"  said  Mrs.  Westcote,  with  a 
sneer,  "she  has  not  had  an  opportunity." 
To  which  Mrs.  Splint  had  replied: — 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   223 

"  Oh,  anybody  that  wants  to  flirt,  Mrs. 
Westcote,  need  be  at  no  loss  for  an 
opportunity." 


224   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  XI  r. 

THE      SPRING     WINDS. 

Hannah  Brown  had  kept  her  resolution. 
She  had  not  given  way,  she  had  not 
fainted,  she  had  not  fallen  ill,  or  taken 
to  her  bed,  or  shut  herself  up  from  the 
world;  but  it  had  been  a  hard  struggle. 
Her  father,  whose  powers  of  observation, 
as  far  at  least  as  the  character  and 
feelings  of  his  daughter  Hannah  were 
concerned,  were    not    very    keen,  thought 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    225 

she  had  not  felt  her  disappointment 
much ;  that  it  had  been  merely  a  passing 
girlish  fancy ;  that  he  had  acted  the  part 
of  a  kind  father,  and  that  in  her  after- 
life she  would  be  grateful  to  him.  From 
the  day  of  his  interview  with  Edgar 
Smith  he  seemed,  however,  to  have 
tacitly  yielded  her  a  new  position.  Old 
Brown — prejudiced,  narrow-minded  old 
country  attorney  as  he  was — had  nothing 
mean  or  vulgar  in  his  feelings.  Because 
his  daughter  had  fallen  in  love  once 
without  his  knowledge,  he  did  not,  there- 
fore, suspect  her  for  evermore  of  being 
ready  to  form  clandestine  attachments. 
On  the  contrary,  though  he  little  appre- 
ciated the  sacrifice  she  had  actually  made, 
he  felt  grateful  to  her  for  the  surrender 
of  her  own  wishes  to  his  will,  and  never 
for  one  moment  doubted  her  entire  sin- 
VOL.  I.  Q 


226    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

cerity.  He  respected  his  daughter  more 
than  he  had  ever  done  before,  and  he 
would  have  liked  to  testify  to  her  the 
increased  estimation  in  which  he  held 
her.  Tenderness,  it  was  not  in  the  unde- 
monstrative nature  of  William  Brown  to 
exhibit,  neither  could  he  take  Hannah 
into  his  confidence  or  companionship. 
Girls,  of  course,  could  not  understand 
business;  and  he  could  as  little  under- 
stand needlework  and  dress,  which  he 
imagined  to  be  their  chief  sources  of 
interest.  But  what  he  could  do,  he  did. 
She  was  allowed  to  have  entirely  her 
own  way  in  everything;  if  she  was  late, 
which  rarely  happened,  or  committed  any 
other  sin  against  her  father's  love  of 
method  or  punctuality,  she  met  with 
no  reproaches  or  gloomy  looks  now. 
Then,   he   not   only    gave   his   consent   as 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    227 

in  former  days,  but  suggested  visits  to 
Buttonborougli ;  and  taking  Miss  Wellby 
into  his  confidence,  Hannah  would  find, 
besides  her  always  liberal  allowance  for 
clothes,  presents  of  handsome  new# dresses 
and  fashionable  ornaments.  Hannah  was 
much  touched  by  these  acts  of  kindness, 
but  they  could  not  fill  the  void  in  her 
breast,  or  occupy  the  long  hours  of  her 
weary  days. 

It  would  be  impossible  to  describe  the 
heart-sinking  blank  of  the  days  and 
nights  of  the  long  winter  which  succeeded 
that  sunny  September,  so  pregnant  with 
influence  on  the  simple  history  of  Hannah 
Brown — that  September  which  gave  a 
new  edge  and  a  more  romantic  interest 
to  the  ancient  feud  between  the  Browns 
and  the  Smiths.  As  the  months  passed, 
the  heavy  pressure   of  existence   without 

Q  2 


228   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

aim  or  hope  began  to  tell  on  Hannah 
Brown.  She  became  every  day  paler  and 
more  dejected,  and  she  suffered  much 
with  headache.  No  wonder,  when  the 
struggle  to  keep  up  during  the  day  was 
succeeded,  as  soon  as  she  laid  her  head 
on  her  pillow  at  night,  by  bursts  of  tears 
and  hours  of  wakeful  misery. 

It  must  not  be  supposed  that  Hannah 
had  no  religion.  She  did  pray,  poor 
girl !  and  with  fervour,  and  she  was  com- 
forted often  by  the  hope  of  a  world 
where  there  would  be  no  cruel  quarrels, 
no  blank  uselessness ;  but,  in  the  mean- 
time, life  seemed  so  long,  so  tedious  I 

Hannah's  imagination  never  pictured 
for  herself  an  early  death,  but,  rather,  a 
long,  loveless  life.  Poor  Hannah  !  she  was 
not  an  angelic  paragon — only  an  erring, 
suffering,    loving    woman,    with    times    of 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    229 

darkness  and  moments  of  doubt ;  but 
through  all,  believing  in  the  Love  and 
Wisdom  which  had  seen  fit  thus  to  try 
her. 

Among  other  expedients  she  tried  to 
attach  herself  to  Miss  Greenfield,  as  an 
assistant  visitor  of  the  poor.  But  she 
did  not  get  on  quite  to  that  lady's 
satisfaction.  She  could  not  preach  to,  or 
exhort,  or  rebuke  anybody.  She  could 
not  speak  to  members  of  the  opposite 
sex  at  all.  She  was  only  found  good  for 
reading  the  Bible  to  those  who  could  not 
read  themselves,  and  for  administering 
physical  relief — at  least,  so  Miss  Green- 
field thought — and  Hannah,  in  her 
humility,  subscribed  to  the  opinion  ;  but 
long  afterwards  they  both  discovered  that, 
though  not  from  direct  admonition,  yet 
from    some   subtle    personal    influence,  in 


230    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

more  hearts  than  one  a  little  germ  had 
been  planted  which,  in  the  after  time,  grew 
into  a  goodly  tree. 

As  the  spring  advanced,  Hannah  became 
worse  and  worse.  She  looked  miserably- 
weak  and  ill.  Clara  Wellby  groaned  and 
bemoaned,  and  fussed  about  her  looks 
and  her  want  of  appetite,  till  Mr.  Brown 
himself  became  alarmed.  Mr.  Brown  was 
not  easily  alarmed,  but  if  he  once  gave 
way  to  anxiety  it  was  apt  to  become 
excessive.  It  was  a  long  time  ere  he 
would  admit  that  there  was  anything  the 
matter  with  Hannah ;  but  when  at  last 
the  fact  was  forced  upon  his  belief,  his 
nervousness  lest  anything  should  befall 
this,  his  sole  remaining  child,  knew  no 
bounds.  All  at  once  Hannah  assumed  in 
his  eyes  an  importance  she  had  never 
possessed   before,   and    he   discovered,  just 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    231 

as  he  feared  to  lose  her,  that  she  was 
the  light  of  his  eyes  and  his  sole  hope 
on  earth.  And  with  anxiety  for  her 
health  mingled  another  anxiety  which  he 
hardly  acknowledged  to  himself,  but 
which  seemed  occasionally  to  find  some 
expression  when  he  spoke  to  Clara 
Wellby. 

"  Girls  are  often  delicate  at  Hannah's 
age,  are  they  not,  Miss  Wellby  ?  She  is 
just  twenty-one  now.  Her  mother  was 
very  delicate  when  she  was  twenty-three. 
Don't  you  think  it  is  the  spring  winds? 
She  exposes  herself  too  much  to  them. 
It  must  be  the  spring  winds,  it  cannot  be 
anything  else  ?  " 

"  I  am  sure  I  don't  know,  Mr.  Brown. 
Hannah  used  not  to  feel  the  spring  winds. 
She  is  very  reserved,  and  I  sometimes  think 
Hannah  has  feelings  she  never  mentions." 


232   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS, 

"  Feelings  ? — what  kind  of  feelings  ? 
She  has  very  proper  feelings.  Hannah  is 
a  very  good  daughter— a  very  superior 
girl " 

"  Very  superior  girl,  Mr.  Brown,  but  a 
very  sensitive  girl.  She  behaved  very 
well  in  Sep " 

"  Well  I — she  behaved  nobly,  and  she 
must  feel  so  herself,  and  she  must  see" — 
and  as  he  spoke  there  was  an  accent  of 
bitterness  in  the  father's  voice — "  she 
must  see  now  that  heartless  scoundrel 
was  as  unworthy  of  her  as  I  always  knew 
him  to  be — running  after  that  painted 
doll,  who  is  no  more  fit  to  hold  the 
candle  to  Hannah ;  all  because  of  her 
paltry  thousands.  You  cannot  make  a 
silk  purse  out  of  a  sow's  ear,  Miss 
Wellby,  or  a  gentleman  out  of  a  Smith. 
Hannah   must  see   this— -she  must  see  it,'* 


TPIE   BROWNS   AND    THE    SMITHS.         233 

Mr.  Brown  repeated,  with  the  eagerness 
of  a  man  anxious  to  convince  himself. 
"  She  must  see,  Clara,  that  there  was 
nothing  but  kindness  for  her  in  my 
motives." 

Mr.  Brown  had  perhaps  never  in  his 
life  before,  or,  at  least,  never  since  the 
death  of  Mrs.  Brown,  been  so  communica- 
tive of  his  own  feelings  to  any  human 
being ;  but  Clara  Wellby  had  a  way  of 
gaining  people's  confidence.  She  was  so 
frank  and  outspoken  herself,  so  kind- 
hearted  ;  and,  above  all,  nobody  was 
afraid  of  her,  in  spite  of  her  sharp 
tongue. 

"  Very  likely  she  sees  it  all,  Mr. 
Brown.  But  suppose  she  does,  I  do  not 
see  that  there  is  anything  very  cheerr 
ing  for  her  in  the  view.  Perhaps  a 
little  change- " 


234    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  I  do  not  see  what  good  change  could 
do  her.  Where  could  she  possibly  be  so 
comfortable  as  at  home?  She  must  have 
everything  she  wants,  and  if  she  has  not, 
let  it  be  got  for  her." 

"  But  young  people  want — everybody, 
Mr.  Brown,  wants  change  sometimes." 

"  I  am  sure  I  don't ;  and  I  thought  you 
agreed  with  me,  Clara,  about  the  restless, 
unsatisfied  spirit  of  the  present  day,  which 
is  for  ever  driving  people  away  from  their 
homes  and  their  duties." 

"So  I  do,  Mr.  Brown.  All  this  going 
to  and  fro  upon  the  earth  reminds  me 
of  Satan  in  the  days  of  Job;  and  these 
snorting,  murderous,  fire-vomiting  trains 
are  surely  the  devil's  carriages.  Still, 
when  I  was  young,  my  father  and  your 
good  father,  Mr.  Brown,  used  to  take 
their  daughters  about  a  little  in  a  proper 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    235 

way.  I  was  twice  in  London,  it  was  two 
days'  journey  in  the  mail.  We  once  shared 
a  post-chaise  with  your  father  and  sister, 
to  go  to  Bath,  and  such  a  dinner  we  had  at 
the  '  Green  Dragon !'  Ah  I  these  were  the 
days  !  But,  at  any  rate,  I  feel  sure — almost 
sure — change  would  do  Hannah  good," 
said  Clara,  whose  intuitions  were  generally 
much  more  correct  than  her  arguments. 

"Well,  if  you  think  so,"  with  desperate 
resolution,  "let  her  have  a  change.  She 
has  done  much  for  me,  and  I  must  do 
something  for  her.  I  am  an  old  man, 
and  miss  anything  I  am  accustomed  to. 
Still  to  miss  her  for  a  few  weeks," — he 
stopped  and  added,  looking  out  from  the 
dining-room  window  on  the  churchyard, 
and  the  great  box-ottoman  tombstone, 
with  the  iron  railings  round  it, — "  I  must 
be  there  first,  Clara." 


236    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  Nonsense,  Mr.  Brown !"  said  Clara, 
crossly.  "Nobody  is  going  to  lie  there 
yet  awhile  that  I  know  of;"  but  as  she 
spoke  there  was  a  tear  in  her  eye.  Clara 
was  often  cross  when  anything  occurred 
to  awaken  in  her  unusual  emotions,  perhaps 
because  laughing  was  at  all  times  more 
pleasant  to  her,  and  more  in  harmony  with 
her  nature,  than  crying. 

Hannah  did  feel  a  gleam  of  something 
like  pleasure  when  she  heard  she  was 
to  go  from  home.  It  seemed  to  her  that 
it  would  be  a  relief  to  see  no  longer  for 
a  time  the  old  familiar  objects.  But 
where  was  the  delight  she  would  once 
have  felt,  had  she  known  that  she  was 
actually  to  behold  lakes  and  mountains, 
and  the  great  ocean  itself?  Faint  in 
comparison  was  the  sensation  she  now  ex- 
perienced;   and  the  idea  of  the  packing. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    237 

and  the  journey,  and  the  strange  people  she 
should  see,  was  almost  overwhelming ;  and 
thens  he  would  think  sadly.  What  a  strange 
thing  life  is,  and  how,  when  a  wish  is  at 
last  fulfilled,  the  fulfilment  comes  when  the 
power  to  enjoy  has  passed  away  ! 

Of  course,  nobody  could  leave  Gos- 
lingford  to  go  anywhere  without  the 
event  creating  a  certain  amount  of  talk- 
ing. But  that  Hannah  Brown  should 
go  from  home,  not  to  Buttonborough, 
but  actually  on  a  trip  to  North  Wales, 
was  little  less  puzzling  and  interesting 
to  the  Goslingford  world,  than  the  ex- 
istence of  Stonehenge  on  the  middle 
of  Salisbury  Plain  is  to  the  world  of 
archaeologists  and  geologists.  At  first  her 
going  was  disbelieved,  but  her  own  and 
Miss  Wellby's  announcement  of  the  fact 
placed  it  beyond  a  doubt.    When  some  one, 


238    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

too,  had  asked  Mr.  Brown  about  it,  even 
he  had  not  denied  it,  but  murmured 
something  about  "  spring  winds,"  and 
her  mother  having  been  delicate  at  Han- 
nah's age. 

The  Brownites  and  the  Smithites,  as 
was  natural,  took  opposite  views  of  the 
causes  and  the  propriety  of  Hannah  leav- 
ing home.  If  the  Smithites  in  general 
"  had  been  only  daughters  with  aged 
fathers,  they  would  not  have  left  them 
solitary  in  their  old  age,  to  seek  for  their 
own  pleasure.  If  they  had  been  disap- 
pointed in  love,  they  would  not  have 
worn  the  willow  like  Hannah  Brown.  It 
was  unladylike — it  was  indelicate,  undig- 
nified." They  had  apparently  quite  for- 
gotten that  not  much  more  than  half  a 
year  ago  Hannah  had  been  heartless  and 
unfeeling,    because    she    had    not    shown 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    239 

more  disappointment.  Poor  Hannah,  it 
seemed,  could  not  hit  the  happy  medium 
in  which  alone  lay  feminine  propriety  ; 
and  it  is  my  belief,  if  she  had,  it  would 
have  been  all  the  same. 

My  dear  friends,  if  you  have  a  kind 
neighbour  who  is  always  considerately 
pointing  out  your  faults  to  yourself,  as 
well  as  to  everybody  else,  take  my  advice, 
and  do  not  alter  your  proceedings.  What- 
ever you  do  will  be  wrong,  simply  because 
it  is  you  who  do  it.  Your  only  hope  is 
in  losing  your  fortune  and  your  position, 
which  will  naturally  draw  out  the  milk 
of  human  kindness  in  the  compassionate 
bosom  of  your  friendly  neighbour,  who 
will   then    probably    discover   that    "  poor 

is    a   good    creature,    with    all    his 

follies,"  and  will  henceforth  patronize  in- 
stead   of  censuring   you, — that   is,  if  you 


240   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

show  the  humility  becoming  your   fallen 
fortunes. 

The  two  elder  Miss  Smiths  snuffed  the 
air  very  much,  and  the  sweep  of  their 
flounces  created  a  greater  gale  than  ever, 
when  they  heard  of  Hannah's  delicate 
health  and  projected  journey.  They  did 
not  say  much,  but  their  looks  were  elo- 
quent enough,  and  seemed  to  proclaim  how 
contemptible  and  silly  Miss  Brown  was,  and 
how  differently  they  would  have  acted. 
Miss  Laura  Victoria  was  the  only  one  of  the 
family  who  spoke  much  on  the  subject,  and 
it  was  to  defend  Hannah  Brown.  She 
"  had  not  seen  much  of  her,  but  she 
had  always  liked  her.  Edgar  would 
never  tell  exactly  what  had  passed  be- 
tween him  and  the  Browns,  but  she  was 
quite  sure  it  had  been  all  that  old  tyrant, 
Mr.  Brown  ;  and  Hannah,  poor  thing,  had 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    241 

not  much  spirit,  but  she  was  sorry  for 
her,  very  sorry  for  her ;  but  it  was  too 
late   now." 

The  Brown  party,  of  course,  upheld 
both  Hannah  and  her  father.  They  did 
not  believe  Hannah  was  wearing  the 
willow.  Mr.  Brown  had  said  it  was  the 
spring  winds,  and  what  was  more  likely, 
considering  she  had  never  looked  very 
strong?  No  wonder  her  father  was  a 
little  anxious  about  her,  considering  she 
was  the  last  of  the  family.  "  Mr  Brown 
was  such  a  fond  father,"  Miss  Clara 
Wellby  said  ;  "  and  as  for  Hannah,  she 
was  quite  astonished  to  hear  people  talk. 
The  girl  only  wanted  a  little  change, — all 
girls  did  now  and  then  ;  and  as  for 
wearing  the  willow,"  said  Clara,  boldly, 
*'  I  have  no  patience  with  such  stuff  and 
nonsense.       Why    should     she    wear    the 

VOL.   I.  R 


242    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS 

willow?  To  my  certain  knowledge,  she 
might  have  had  him  if  she  had  liked." 

Clara  Wellby  was  a  woman  of  spirit 
and  of  pride.  She  would  have  died  ere 
she  would  have  worn  the  willow,  and  in 
her  love  for  Hannah,  and  in  the  warmth 
of  her  Brownite  zeal,  she  was  resolved 
that  no  one  should  believe  that  her  young 
friend  did  so  either.  But  when  she  made 
the  above  speech  in  the  presence  of  Miss 
Richards,  that  good  soul  looked  very  un- 
happy, and  heaved  a  deep  sigh.  It  was 
at  a  small,  quiet,  gossiping  tea-party  of 
middle-aged  ladies  only.  Clara  turned 
round   on   her  like  an  amiable  tigress. 

"  What  are  you  groaning  for,  Harriet, 
as  if  you  were  at  a  Wesleyan  prayer- 
meeting  ?  I  am  not  good  enough  to  be 
guilty  of  a  pious  fraud,  and  I  tell  you, 
Mr.   Brown   never  refused  his  consent   to 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    243 

Hannah,  and  I  maintain  she  might  have 
had  him  if  she  had  liked." 

As  Miss  Clara  had  a  very  high  charac- 
ter for  truthfulness,  neither  Miss  Harriet 
nor  any  one  else  could  doubt  her  after 
so  positive  an  assertion ;  but  no  further 
light  on  the  interesting  subject  was  to  be 
gained  from  her.  Indeed,  she  feared  her 
zeal  had  already  led  her  to  say  rather 
too  much.  And  so  the  Goslingford 
world  was  left  to  the  solution  of  the 
puzzle  presented  by  this  new  phase  of  the 
vexed  question.  There  appeared  to  be 
no  way  of  deciding  it  but  by  appeal- 
ing to  Edgar  Smith  himself;  and  even 
the  curiosity  of  Goslingford,  inimical  or 
friendly  as  the  case  might  be,  was  not 
quite  capable  of  such  eflProntery. 

But  the  Smithites  were  not  slow  to 
perceive    that    an     advantage     might    be 


244    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

obtained  from  poor  Clara's  triumphant 
assertion.  If  Mr.  Brown  had  not  refused 
his  consent,  then  Hannah's  conduct  had 
really  been  that  of  a  heartless  jilt — quite 
infamous;  and  on  all  sides  arose  to  this 
effect  quite  a  Smithite  chorus — almost 
the  only  Smithites  who  did  not  join  in 
it  being  Mrs.  Westcote  and  her  daughter. 
Mary  Westcote  was  very  certain  Han- 
nah Brown  would  have  given  her  eyes 
for  Edgar  Smith.  She  refuse  him  of 
her  own  free  will !  "  Don't  tell  her." 
Miss  Westcote  did  not  give  herself  much 
concern    about   being   consistent. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    245 


CHAPTER    XIII. 


NORTH    WALES. 


It  was  July  before  Miss  Wellby  and 
Hannah  Brown  had  completed  their 
arrangements  for  a  trip  to  North 
Wales — the  locality  which  had  been  fixed 
upon  as  altogether  the  most  desirable  to 
visit.  Miss  Clara,  in  the  affairs  of  ordi- 
nary life,  was  not  a  slow  person,  but 
a  journey  was  with  her,  and  still  more 
with    Mr.    Brown,    a   solemn    affair,    not 


246    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

to  be  entered  into  without  due  talking, 
and  fussing,  and  running  about.  Then 
she  had  to  calm  the  fears  of  her  friend. 
Miss  Harriet  Richards,  which,  to  tell  the 
truth,  though  she  would  not  have  con- 
fessed it,  she  in  some  degree  shared. 
In  the  opinion  of  that  good  soul,  rail- 
ways were  one  of  the  crying  sins  of 
the  age.  Although  she  was  too  amiable 
to  have  left  her  dying  testimony  against 
them,  as  did  Alexander  Campbell,  one 
of  the  "Men  of  the  North,"  against  "the 
ships  that  keep  their  course  in  spite  of 
the  weather — that  presumptuous  sin," 
yet  she  did  not  the  less  think  them  an 
impatient  tampering  with  the  source  of 
all  evil.  That  anyone  should  travel  by 
railway,  was,  in  her  opinion,  a  tempting 
of  Providence ;  but  that  Hannah  Brown, 
who    had   already,    as  it   were,    been    mi- 


THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    247 

raculously  preserved  in  an  actual,  hond 
fide  accident,  should  think  of  again 
audaciously  risking  her  life,  was  almost 
appalling,  and  she  remonstrated  with 
Clara  for  leading  her  young  friend  into 
temptation.  The  first  time  she  did  so, 
Clara  turned  a  deaf  ear  to  her,  merely 
answering  by  a  ^'  humph,"  for,  to  tell  the 
truth,  she  was  not  without  some  mis- 
givings herself,  not  precisely  in  a  re- 
ligious point  of  view,  but  she  neither 
liked  nor  approved  of  anything  so  in- 
novating as  trains ;  he  was  also  secretly 
a  little  nervous  about  them,  and  she  felt 
a  degree  of  uncomfortable  responsibility 
in  having  the  care  of  poor  old  Mr. 
Brown's  only  remaining  child,  Avith  this 
additional  anxiety. 

Now    she    would    not     for    the    world 
have   frightened  old  Mr.  Brown,  or   have 


248    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

deprived  Hannah  of  the  benefit  she 
was  sure  the  trip  would  confer  upon 
her  j  but  the  evening  after  Harriet  had 
made  her  remonstrance,  she  remarked, 
as  she  was  drinking  tea  at  the 
Browns — 

*'  How  I  wish  this  had  been  in  the 
good  old  days,  and  that  Hannah  and 
I  could  have  gone  in  a  post-chaise !  One 
sees  so  much  more  of  the  country,  and 
one  can  have  comfortable  meals  at  inns, 
and  have  one's  time  at  one's  own  dis- 
posal, instead  of  being  hurried,  and 
bustled,  and  hustled  by  people  of  all 
ranks,  at  these  dreadful  stations,  where 
you  must  eat  your  plate  of  wretched 
cold  meat  so  quick,  it  gives  you  indi- 
gestion, while  the  noise  and  the  clatter 
of  a  couple  of  hundred  people  all  talk- 
ing  at   once   is    enough    to    deafen    you 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    249 

for  evermore,  and  to  addle  your  brains 
to    the    end    of  your    life." 

'^  And  the  confusion  of  ranks,"  said 
Mr.  Brown,  "  is  so  detestable."  There 
is  nothino:  so  levellinoj  as  these  trains. 
Nothing,  in  my  opinion,  has  contributed 
so  much  to  the  popular  democratic 
notions  of  the  times,  that  the  taxes 
should  be  imposed  by  those  who  don't 
pay  them,  and  that  the  ignorant  should 
rule   the  educated." 

"  I  have  no  doubt,  Mr.  Brown,  it  is 
exactly  as  you  say.  When  our  aristocracy 
never  travelled  except  in  a  carriage  and 
four  horses,  they  were  much  more  looked 
up  to  than  they  are  now ;  and  respectable 
clergymen's  and  lawyers'  daughters  were 
in  a  very  different  position  in  a  post-chaise 
and  pair.  I  suppose  one  could  hardly 
go  in  a  post-chaise  now  ?" 


250        THE    BEOWNS   AND    TPIE    SMITHS. 

"No,  you  could  not.  I  have  thought 
of  it,  Clara ;  but  it  would  not  answer.  If 
it  is  necessary  for  Hannah  to  travel,  she 
must  travel  in  the  only  way  the  mys- 
terious course  of  Providence  has  now  left 
her.  It  is  not  our  fault  that  she  must 
go  by  train,  and,  doubtless,  God's  hand  will 
be  over  her  there  in  the  future,  as  it  has 
been  in  the  past." 

Now,  Clara  was  at  once  struck  with 
the  superiority  of  Mr.  Brown's  religious 
sentiments  to  those  of  Miss  Richards ;  so, 
when  that  lady  renewed  the  attack,  she 
was  not  listened  to  so  mildly  as  on  the 
previous  occasion. 

"  There  is  no  other  way  for  us  to  go, 
Harriet ;  and  as  to  tempting  Providence, 
I  should  like  to  know  if  God  is  not  with 
us  in  the  railway  train  just  as  much  as  He 
is  with  us  by  our  own  fire-side." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    251 

"  Of  course  He  is,  Clara ;  but  in  a 
different  way." 

'-  How  do  you  mean  in  a  different  way? 
People  have  been  killed  in  their  own 
chimney-corner  before  now,  No,  no,  Har- 
riet ;  what  is  written,  is  written  ;  and  what 
is  to  be,  is  to  be.  That  is  your  favourite 
doctrine,  you  know." 

"  Oh,  Clara,  how  you  do  misunderstand ! 
That  is  fatalism,  not  predestination." 

"Well,  call  it  what  you  like.  All  I 
know  is,  that  if  we  all  live  till  next  week, 
it  is  predestined  that  Hannah  and  I  set  off 
by  railway  train  to  North  Wales.  And 
now,  as  T  have  thousands  of  things  to 
see  to,  I  have  no  time  to  talk  any  more 
nonsense  on  the  subject,  so  good-bye." 

It  was,  however,  some  comfort  to  Miss 
Clara  to  reflect  that,  when  they  really  got 
into  North   Wales,   there   would  be  other 


252    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

modes  of  conveyance  than  railway  trains; 
but  her  feelings  on  this  point  she  did 
not,  of  course,  communicate  to  her  friend 
Miss  Richards. 

Miss  Wellby  and  Hannah  had,  on  the 
whole,  fine  weather  for  their  excursion. 
It  rained,  of  course,  frequently  amongst  the 
"Welsh  mountains ;  once  or  twice  they 
were  prevented  by  mists  from  seeing  the 
finest  views,  and  once  they  were  wet  to 
the  skin.  Hannah  bore  all  these  contre- 
temps with  great  equanimity  ;  but  not  so 
Miss  Clara.  Every  little  accident  always 
fussed,  and  agitated,  and  excited  that  kind- 
hearted  creature.  She  was  not,  perhaps, 
the  choicest  of  travelling  companions,  and 
yet  there  have  been  many  worse ;  for  her 
ill-humour  never  was  of  long  duration ; 
she  w^as  very  cheerful  in  the  intervals, 
making  many  odd   and  piquant  remarks; 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    253 

and  entirely  devoted  to  Hannah's  welfare, 
though  she  frequently  manifested  this 
devotion  in  the  most  despotic,  and,  occa- 
sionally, somewhat  capricious  manner.  At 
first,  the  shy,  timid  Hannah  had  felt  as 
if  she  should  like  to  sink  into  the  earth 
when  Clara  began  to  scold  in  every  di- 
rection, as  if  she  had  been  at  home  in 
Goslingford.  And  when  she  commenced  to 
teach  the  chambermaids  how  to  make 
beds,  in  the  only  way  beds  ought  to  be 
made ;  when  she  rated  the  waiters  for 
laying  the  tables,  differing  in  some  minute 
particular  from  the  only  manner  which 
she  conceived  to  be  orthodox;  when  she 
informed  the  landlady  that  inns  were  not 
what  they  used  to  be  in  her  time,  and 
more  than  hinted  that  her  cook  knew 
nothing  whatever  about  the  composition 
of  a  genuine   old-fashioned  rice-pudding — 


254    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Miss  Clara's  favourite  dish  ;  in  such  mo- 
ments as  these,  Hannah  would  have  given 
the  world  she  had  never  left  home. 

Then,  though  Clara  said  she  enjoyed 
scenery,  and  indeed  really  appeared  to 
enjoy  it  after  some  fashion  of  her  own, 
it  was  not  in  Hannah's  fashion.  When 
Hannah  would  have  liked  on  some  sweet 
sunset  evening  to  have  sat  in  silence  and 
admired  the  gold,  and  purple,  and  opal 
tints  melting  into  shadows  and  darkness 
on  the  mountain  tops  ;  or  to  have  watched, 
in  pleasant  melancholy,  the  grey  mists 
stealing  up  the  valleys,  or  to  have  gazed 
at  the  moon  as  she  rose  over  the  shoulder 
of  the  hill,  and  bathed  herself  in  the  dews 
of  the  summer  night;  then,  precisely  it 
was  that  Miss  Clara  became  most  talkative. 
All  pleasure  or  happiness,  from  whatsoever 
source    derived,    made     Miss  Clara   loqua- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    255 

cious,  and  she  could  not  believe  that  any- 
one was  pleased  or  happy  who  sat  silent. 
That  "  Speech  is  silvern,  and  Silence  is 
golden,"  was  far  indeed  from  being  the 
creed  of  Miss  Clara  Wellby. 

"  You  don't  seem  to  admire  the  view, 
Hannah.  Dear  me !  I  should  have  ex- 
pected you  to  fall  into  raptures  with  these 
hills,  and  those  fine  clouds  there  in  the 
west.  Even  I,  who  do  not  pretend  to 
have  such  a  turn  for  these  things  as  you 
have,  say  a  great  deal  more  about  them 
than  you  do.  I  should  have  thought 
you  would  have  exhausted  the  dictionary 
in  praising  them,  and  hardly  have  been 
able  to  find  words  to  express  your  ad- 
miration." 

"  I  cannot  find  words,  Aunt  Clara," 
said  Hannah,  in  mild  exculpation,  but 
her  meaning  was  lost  on  her  companion  ; 


256    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"but  you  must  not  fancy  I  am  not  en- 
joying myself,  for  indeed  I  am,  I  feel  so 
much  stronger  and  better." 

And  Miss  Wellby  was  consoled,  though, 
at  the  same  time,  a  little  provoked  by 
what  she  considered  Hannah's  undemon- 
strative manner.  Sometimes  Hannah 
would  have  spoken,  would  have  quoted 
some  line  of  poetry,  or  even  have  given 
utterance  to  some  romantic  sentiment  of 
her  own,  suggested  by  all  the  novelty  and 
beauty,  had  she  not  been  quite  certain 
that,  according  to  her  humour,  Miss 
Clara  would  either  have  laughed  at  her. 
cut  her  short  with  a  witticism,  or  in- 
formed her  that  ''  she  was  thankful  to 
say  she  knew  nothing  about  poetry. 
Eeal  life  was  enough  for  her." 

Still,  on  the  whole,  it  may  be  doubted 
if  Hannah,    considering   the    purpose    for 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   257 

which  she  went,  could  have  had  a  better 
companion.  Even  the  trifling  anxieties 
and  petty  miseries  caused  her  by  Clara's 
eccentricities  did  her  good,  and  at  last 
even  amused  her.  This,  of  course,  to 
romantic  readers,  if  any  such  indeed  have 
followed  me  so  far  in  my  prosaic  tale, 
must  appear  very  uninteresting  in  Hannah 
Brown.  But  then,  you  see,  Hannah  Brown 
was — Hannah  Brown,  and  not  Lady 
Clarinda  Capulet,  or  Lady  Meliora  Mon- 
tague. Doubtless,  if  she  had  been  one  of 
these  exalted  damsels,  she  would  have 
found  poor  Miss  Clara's  uncongeniality 
unbearable  rather  than  amusing.  Her 
soul  would  have  withered,  her  spirits 
have  been  oppressed,  she  would  have 
derived  no  enjoyment  from  the  mountain 
scenery,  she  would  have  apostrophised 
solitude,  she  would  have  lost  her  appe- 
VOL.  I.  s 


258   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

tite  ;  impatience,  if  not  concealment,  would 
have  preyed  on  her  damask  cheek,  and 
she  would  have  returned  home  to  her 
flinty-hearted  father,  pining  away  with 
green  and  yellow  melancholy.  But  then 
Hannah  Brown's  father,  though  in  one 
respect  his  conduct  had  been  worthy  of 
a  parent  Montague  or  a  parent  Capulet — 
though  he  was  actually  an  attorney,  or 
perhaps,  because  he  was  an  attorney,  and 
not  my  Lord  Capulet  or  Baron  Mon- 
tague— was  not  flinty-hearted.  He  loved 
his  daughter  Hannah,  I  do  not  say  with 
no  common  love, — for,  thank  God,  such 
love  is  not  very  uncommon, — but  he 
loved  her  with  a  father's  love,  that  love 
which  the  Great  Father  of  all  has  em- 
ployed as  a  type  of  His  own ;  and,  in  spite 
of  all  the  sufi*ering  he  had  caused  her, 
Hannah  knew  it.     She  was  anxious  to  be 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   259 

well  and  happy,  for  his  sake  and  her  own 
too.  Romantic  as  she  was  in  some  re- 
spects, it  had  never  struck  her  that  it 
would  be  more  interesting  or  desirable  to 
die,  or  to  be  miserable,  than  to  be  in 
good  health  or  in  tolerable  spirits.  So  she 
looked  at  the  bright  side  of  Miss  Clara — 
and  there  really  was  a  very  bright  side 
to  look  at — and,  in  spite  of  their 
unsuitableness  in  some  things,  they  got 
on  very  well  together  on  the  whole,  ^ 
and  enjoyed  themselves  according  to  their 
different  temperaments.  The  rose  came 
back  to  Hannah's  cheek,  the  light  to  her 
eye,  and  elasticity  to  her  step.  Miss 
Clara  Wellby's  scheme  had  succeeded. 


s2 


260   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


A     THUNDERSTORM, 


There  was  one  pretty  valley  in  North 
Wales,  which,  so  much  smitten  were  they 
with  its  beauties,  Miss  Wellby  and  Hannah 
had  made  up  their  minds  to  revisit 
and  spend  a  week  in  before  their  return 
home.  It  was  a  locality  not  much 
frequented  by  ordinary  tourists,  as  it 
diverged  considerably  from  the  main-road, 
"as   quiet    and    secluded,"   said   Hannah, 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   261 

*'  as  Llangollen  must  have  been  when 
Lady  Eleanor  Butler  and  Miss  Ponsonby 
first  took  up  their  abode  there." 

"But  don't  expect  me,  Hannah,"  said 
Miss  Clara,  "to  be  either  a  Lady  Eleanor 
or  a  Miss  Ponsonby.  You  know  I  have 
no  turn  for  romantic  seclusion.  Moun- 
tains may  be  very  well,  but  men  and 
women  are  better.  I  wonder  how  often 
Lady  Eleanor  and  her  friend  quarrelled  !" 

"Never,  I  should  think,  Aunt  Clara,  or 
they  would  not  have  remained  so  long 
together  " 

"  Impossible,  my  dear ;  I  tell  you  they 
must  have  quarrelled.  Only  fancy  Harriet 
Richards  and  me  living  alone  together 
in  a  Welsh  valley!" 

Hannah  burst  into  the  heartiest  laugh 
she  had  had  for  many  a  day. 

"Indeed,  Aunt  Clara,  I  cannot  fancy  it." 


262   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"  So  you  are  laughing  at  me  and  poor 
Harriet,  you  monkey  I  Well,  it  does 
me  good  to  hear  you  laugh,  and  I  shall 
be  contented  to  act  the  part  of  the  ro- 
mantic friend  here  with  you  for  a 
week.'* 

It  was  on  a  hot  and  sultry  Saturday 
that  the  travellers  arrived  at  Llan  Gwdd 
and  took  up  their  abode  in  a  pretty 
little  cottage  where  they  had  previously 
engaged  lodgings.  It  was  almost  the 
only  place  in  the  tiny  village  where 
they  could  have  been  accommodated. 
A  pretty  little  cottage  it  was,  standing 
under  a  gorse-clad  hill,  with  a  stream 
tumbling  and  brawling  over  a  rocky 
bed  a  few  paces  in  front,  and  a  few 
fine  beech  trees  overhanging  the  stream 
on  the  opposite  bank.  Some  cottages 
were   scattered    at    short   distances    about 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   263 

the  vale,  and  on  a  green  knoll  further 
down  the  stream,  stood  the  little  Welsh 
church,  not  architectural,  certainly,  but 
possessing,  in  spite  of  its  want  of  taste — 
to  the  perversely  poetic  mind — a  certain 
beauty  from  its  associations  with  village 
piety  and  purity,  and  with  that  rural  sim- 
plicity which  minds,  as  I  have  said,  per- 
versely poetic,  insist  on  connecting  with 
seclusion  and  interesting  scenery.  Such 
people — and  Hannah  Brown,  in  spite  of 
her  plebeian  name  and  common-place  as- 
sociations, was  one  of  these — do  not 
like  to  be  told  that  wickedness  like  good- 
ness has  no  locality — that  the  same 
evil  passions  rage  in  the  "  peaceful 
vale,"  as  in  the  "wicked"  city.  I  can 
only  say,  may  such  persons  be  long 
before  their  eyes  are  opened !  It  is 
not   likely   they   will    take   a    high    rank 


264   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

among  political  economists,  whatever 
they  may  do  among  social  reformers. 
And  if  you,  my  dear  reader,  wonder 
what  I  mean  by  these  last  few  words, 
I  can  only  say,  that  to  do  moral 
good  to  our  neighbours,  it  is  more  ne- 
cessary to  believe  in  the  good  already  in 
them  than  to  know  of  the  evil.  A 
paradox,  you  will  say,  but  what  are  life 
and  morality,  and  even  Christianity,  but 
paradoxes  ? 

And  so  Hannah  Brown  thought  what 
a  lovely  village  was  Llan  Gwdd,  and  what 
an  innocent,  peaceful  race  must  be  its 
inhabitants,  and  how  sweetly  the  life  of 
the  village  pastor  must  there  glide  away  I 
Surely  there  could  be  no  Brown  and 
Smith  factions  in  Llan  Gwdd. 

Hannah  and  Miss  Clara,  having  had 
an    early   tea,   set    out,    at   the   expressed 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   265 

wish  of  the  former,  on  a  walk  to  the 
churchyard.  The  landlady  assured  them 
that,  unless  they  climbed  to  the  summit 
of  one  of  the  hills,  there  was  not  a  finer 
view  in  the  whole  vale  than  from  the 
church  door.  As  they  walked  thither, 
Clara  criticising  the  untidy  appearance 
of  the  cottage  doors,  and  contrasting 
them  unfavourably  with  those  of  the 
villages  round  Goslingford,  and  Hannah 
endeavouring,  as  far  as  possible,  to  be 
blind  to  all  defects,  and  even  defending 
some  of  them  as  picturesque,  neither  of 
them  observed  what  packs  of  heavy 
clouds  were  beginning  to  gather,  or  how 
a  breeze  had  commenced  to  rush  through 
the  hitherto  motionless  foliage,  turning 
up  the  backs  of  the  leaves  with  a  low, 
flapping  sound. 

"  Picturesque,  Hannah !    Don't   tell   me 


266   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

that  a  dirty  broken  wheelbarrow  is  half 
as  pretty  in  front  of  a  cottage  as  a  few 
nice  gillyflowers  and  marigolds." 

^'  I  did  not  say  it  was  as  pretty — I 
only  said " 

"  I  have  a  great  mind,  Hannah,  to  go 
and  tell  that  lazy  high-cheek-boned - 
looking  Welshman  that  he  ought  to  be 
ashamed  to  stand  there  smoking  his 
pipe,  and  looking  contentedly  at  all  that 
rubbish,  instead  of  removing  it  at  once." 

"Oh,  no.  Aunt  Clara,  pray  don't.  It 
will  only " 

Here  Hannah  was  interrupted  by  a  peal 
of  thunder. 

"Thunder!"  cried  Clara.  "Let  us  go 
home  at  once." 

"  It  would  not  take  us  three  minutes 
longer.  Aunt  Clara,  just  to  go  to  the 
church  door,  as  we  are  here.      Do,  Aunt 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   267 

Clara  !  The  view  will  be  so  very  fine, 
with  these  magnificent  lights  and  shadows." 

"  Lights  and  shadows !  It  will  be  all 
shadows  in  a  minute,  I  am  thinking. 
But,  perhaps,  as  dirt  is  picturesque,  wet 
clothes  are  romantic." 

But  Hannah  coaxed,  and  Miss  Wellby 
always  yielded  when  she  was  coaxed, 
even  against  her  better  judgment. 

They  had  almost  reached  the  church 
door,  and  Hannah  had  just  turned  round 
to  admire  a  gigantic  black  shadow  on 
the  shoulder  of  the  opposite  hill,  while 
the  summit  stood  out  from  it  in  preter- 
natural light,  when  a  vivid  flash  of 
forked  lightning  from  the  clouds  was 
immediately  succeeded  by  a  tremendous 
peal  of  thunder. 

"  There  now,  Hannah !  Did  not  I  tell 
you? — and    these   great   drops   of  rain — 


268   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.     ; 

hail,  I  declare.  We  shall  be  wet  to 
the  skin,  and  you  will  catch  your 
death  with  cold.  Oh,  what  will  your 
father  say  ?  I  shall  never  forgive  my- 
self. You  silly  child,  to  insist  on  coming 
up  here  in  a  thunderstorm!"  And  tears 
of  vexation  stood  in  Miss  Clara's  eyes. 

"But  we  should  not  have  had  time 
to  get  back." 

"  Time  I  Don't  talk  nonsense,  Hannah. 
How  can  you  be  so  provokingly  cool  ?" 

"  Indeed,  Aunt  Clara,  I  am  very  hot." 

"  All  the  worse !  You  will  have  a 
fever,  or  you  will  be  struck  with  light- 
ning. Don't  go  near  the  tree,  I  say ; " 
and  Miss  Clara,  looking  wildly  about 
for  shelter,  seized  the  handle  of  the 
church  door,  and  shook  it  as  if  she 
would  break  the  door  open. 

To    her    surprise     it    yielded    to     her 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   269 

grasp,  and  she  and  Hannah  hastily  sought 
the  little  sanctuary  it  offered  from  the 
rage  of  the  storm.  They  had  not  closed 
the  door  when  Hannah  shrank  shyly 
back  as  she  perceived  a  gentleman — evi- 
dently the  clergyman  himself — at  a  short 
distance,  and  hastening  towards  them. 

"  I  beg  pardon,"  said  Miss  Wellby, 
smoothing  her  ruffled  plumage,  "  but 
we  were  afraid  of  being  struck  by  light- 
ning." 

"  Pray  make  no  apology.  I  am  only 
glad  I  happened  to  be  in  the  church, 
as  otherwise  the  door  would  have  been 
locked." 

The  speaker  was  a  very  mild,  very 
pale  young  man,  with  very  fine  dark 
eyes,  and  that  air  of  melancholy  which 
by  young  ladies  of  a  romantic  tempera- 
ment   is    considered     "interesting."       He 


270   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

had  too  a  mild,  placid  voice,  and 
a  gentle,  dreamy  manner.  He  was  not 
exactly  Miss  Clara's  type  either  of  man 
or  clergyman ;  still  she  recognised  in 
him  a  gentleman,  and  Miss  Clara  was 
always  glad  to  have  anyone  to  speak 
to.  So,  while  the  storm  lasted,  she 
related  to  him,  in  her  own  voluble 
style,  how  they  had  been  touring,  how 
they  had  walked  up  to  see  the  view,  and 
had  been  caught  in  the  storm;  descant- 
ing on  her  own  nervousness  about  a 
thunderstorm,  her  responsibility  in  having 
the  care  of  Hannah,  her  anxiety  on  her 
account,  and  her  earnest  desire  to  take 
her  home  to  her  father,  whose  only 
child  she  was,  in  good  health. 

The  young  clergyman  listened  politely, 
but,  Hannah  could  not  help  fancying,  a 
little   absently,    and    Hannah   wished   fer- 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   271 

vently  that  Miss  Clara  were  a  little 
less  eccentric.  As  Miss  Wellby  had 
spoken  of  her,  he  had  glanced  at  her 
once  or  twice,  and  she  had  coloured  deeply 
to  find  herself  made  the  subject  of  con- 
versation. 

"  This  is  not  a  very  pretty  church," 
at  last  said  Miss  Clara. 

"No,"  he  replied,  becoming  a  little 
animated,  but  still  in  a  subdued  way ; 
"it  is  sadly  wanting  in  everything  eccle- 
siastical. I  should  be  quite  unhappy  if 
I  did  not  hope  to  see  it  improved.  It 
is  the  object  I  live  for." 

"And  to  improve  the  people,  too." 

He  looked  at  her  with  some  interest. 
"Yes;  but  the  one  object  is  included 
in  the  other.  As  the  worshippers,  so  the 
temple.     I  have  nothing  else  to  live  for." 

"  Indeed,"  said  Hannah,  sympathisingly. 


272   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

as  sympathy  seemed  expected,  but  feeling 
awkward,  and  not  knowing  what  else  to 
say.  Miss  Wellby,  however,  was  restrained 
by  no  such  scruples,  and  asked,  point 
blank — 

''  What  do  you  mean  ?  " 

"  I  mean  that  she  who  was  the 
partner  of  all  my  cares,  the  angel  of 
my  life,  lies  under  the  turf  there  out- 
side— the  chancel  I  was  going  to  say — 
but  I  mean  where  the  chancel  ought 
to  be.  Her  baby,  too,  is  with  her, 
and  I  have  nothing  left  but  to  go  on 
my  work  alone.  I  visit  her  grave  every 
day." 

"Then  you  are  very  wrong.  That 
kind  of  sorrow  is  not  healthy.  I  don't 
approve  of  such  sentimentalism." 

Hannah  looked  deprecatingly  at  the 
young   clergyman.       Her    horror    lest   he 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   273 

should  be  offended  at  Miss  Clara's  speech, 
took  away  for  the  moment  all  shyness  on 
her  own  account.  But  he  only  smiled 
faintly,  with  a  sort  of  amiable  melan- 
choly towards  Hannah,  as  much  as  to 
say— 

"  I  don't  expect  to  be  comprehended  by 
everybody." 

The  storm  had  now  abated,  and  though 
the  trees  dripped,  and  the  roads  ran 
like  water-courses,  the  ladies  thought  it 
better  to  make  the  best  of  their  way 
to  their  lodgings.  The  young  clergy- 
man politely  offered  to  go  and  fetch  um- 
brellas and  goloshes — an  offer  which  they 
declined  with  many  thanks.  He  then 
asked  permission  to  call  on  them  in  the 
beginning  of  the  week — a  permission  which 
they  gladly  accorded. 

"  I  declare,    Hannah,"  said  Miss  Clara, 

VOL.  I.  T 


274   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

as  they  plunged  on  their  way,  "we  have 
had  quite  an  adventure.  What  a  remark- 
ably handsome,  interesting  young  man ! 
and  so  polite  and  gentlemanly." 

"  I  rather  wonder,"  said  Hannah,  *'  how 
he  could  speak  of  his  dead  wife  and  his 
innermost  feelings  to  such  strangers." 

"  I  daresay  he  has  nobody  else  to  speak 
to  about  them.  I  don't  approve,  how- 
ever, of  his  visiting  her  grave  in  that 
way  ;  it  is  quite  morbid.  People  should 
not  brood  and  sentimentalise  over  their 
sorrows,  Hannah,  as  I  have  often  told 
you.  I  will  try  to  cure  him  as  I  have 
cured  you,  that  is,  if  he  is  worth  curing. 
I   will   ask   the   landlady   about   him." 

The  landlady,  who  was  something  of 
a  gossiping  body,  was  nothing  loth  to 
communicate,  in  her  broken  English,  all 
she  knew  and  all  she  thought  about  Mr. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   275 

Edwards.  "  He  had  been  their  parson  now 
for  five  years.  They  had  had  a  very 
different  kind  of  parson  before  he  came, 
a  very  good-natured  man,  and  not  at 
all  proud.  He  took  all  his  meals  with 
Molly  Jones  in  the  kitchen,  and  his 
glass  of  beer  and  his  pipe  with  anybody 
in  the  parish.  To  be  sure  he  was  often 
too  late  for  church,  and  sometimes  there 
was  on  wet  days  no  service  at  all ;  and 
he  did  not  go  to  see  people  ill  of  bad  fevers, 
like  Parson  Edwards,  but  he  were  a 
very  good-natured  man  for  all  that. 
But  everything  were  changed  when  Parson 
Edwards  came.  He  seemed  so  grandly 
dressed,  and  so  high  and  mighty  at  first, 
nobody  liked  him.  He  had  his  Welsh 
service  and  his  English  service  regular 
every  Sunday.  He  had  the  church  made 
grand,  and  all  the   rubbish  cleared  away 

T  2 


276   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

at  his  own  expense,  though  he  was  not 
rich ;  and  he  preached  every  Sunday 
against  the  Methodists,  and  the  Ranters, 
and  the  Mormonites,  and  said  how  as 
there  was  but  one  true  church;  and 
folks  said  he  was  a  Jesuit,  and  prayed 
to  an  image ;  and  the  dissenters  said  he 
had  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  I  know 
not  what ;  but  he's  a  kind  gentleman  in 
sickness,  and  visits  the  sick  at  any  hour 
of  the  day  or  night,  and  brings  down 
nice  things,  and  so  did  Mrs.  Edwards,  poor 
thing !  He  brought  her  home  here,  such 
a  sweet  pretty  bride,  only  two  years  ago, 
and  she  played  on  the — it  is  too 
hard  a  name  for  me — in  the  church, 
and  sang  so  sweet.  And  then  the  baby 
was  born, — and  she  died  of  the 
childbed  fever,- — and  he  buried  the  child 
a  fortnight   after  the   wife.     And  he  was, 


THE   BROWNS   AND   THE    SiMITHS.       277 

they  say,  like  to  have  gone  out  of  his 
mind  at  first.  And  then  he  put  up  a 
fine  carved  stone  to  her — a  very  idola- 
trous thing,  the  Ranters  say,  with  a 
cross  on  it,  and  a  round  thing,  and  a 
three-sided  thing,  which  all  mean  some- 
thing Popish ;  andjjt  he  goes  to  pray  there 
every  day,  and  he  visits  more  than  ever, 
and  he's  always  a-talking  of  his  wife." 

"Is   he   rich?"    asked   Miss   Clara. 

"  No,  ma'am — not  as  I  knows  of. 
He  is  a  gentleman  born,  and  can  trace 
his  family,  they  say,  in  the  female  line, 
to  Owen  Glyndwr." 

Both  the  ladies  were  much  interested 
in  this  narrative,  though  Miss  Clara 
shook  her  head  over  the  cross  on  the 
tombstone,  and  thought  it  almost  as 
Popish  as  the  Ranters  did.  She  feared 
Mr.  Edwards  was  a  "  Puseyite." 


278   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Hannah  still  thought  it  odd  he  should 
have  spoken  to  strangers  about  his  feel- 
ings, but  she  did  not  doubt,  now,  that 
his  grief  had  been  sincere  ;  and  she  be- 
gan to  meditate  on  the  differences  in 
character.  Miss  Clara  still  maintained 
there  was  nothing  od(ji  in  it  ;  she  liked 
outspoken  people,   for  her  part. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMIIHS.   279 


CHAPTER  XV. 


THE     WELSH    PARSON. 


The  day  after  the  thunderstorm,  which 
was  Sunday,  proved  fine.  Miss  Clara 
and  her  young  friend  attended  English 
service  in  the  little  church.  Mr.  Edwards 
did  the  whole  duty.  He  read  well,  but 
in  rather  a  melancholy  manner ;  and  he 
preached  also.  Miss  Clara  declared,  in  a 
very  melancholy  strain.  Hannah  liked 
the   sermon ;   there   was   something  sooth- 


280   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

ing  in  it,  and  in  the  not  unmelodious 
cadence  of  the  preacher's  voice.  Hannah 
felt  as  she  walked  out  of  the  simple 
little  church,  beneath  the  bright  summer 
sky  and  under  the  golden  hills,  that  it 
was  altogether,  in  spite  of  the  inferiority 
of  the  building,  not  only  more  romantic 
than  the  church  at  Goslingford,  but  that, 
at  that  moment,  it  seemed  more  favour- 
able to  the  devotional  feelings.  The 
high-crowned  hats  of  the  Welshwomen 
seemed  more  in  harmony  with  pious 
thoughts,  than  the  gay  bonnets  and  fine 
flowers  of  Miss  Westcote  and  the  Miss 
Splints.  But  remember,  reader,  I  do 
not  quite  uphold  Hannah  in  this  senti- 
ment. It  is  the  business  of  religion  to 
convert  the  outward  things  of  life  into  its 
own  essence,  and  not  to  be  converted  by 
them.     If  this  were   generally  recognised. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   281 

what  floods  of  useless  discussion  might 
we  be  spared  with  regard  to  what  is 
worldly  or  unworldly.  Sumptuary  laws 
are  at  all  times  odious,  and  never  more 
so  than  when  enforced  by  religious  pe- 
nalties. There  is  no  essential  connection 
between  dinginess  and  holiness,  and  arti- 
ficial flowers  even  are  not  always  the  in- 
signia of  candidates  for  the  infernal  regions. 
Perhaps,  after  all,  there  might  have  been 
as  much  jealousy  between  Mary  Jones  and 
Elizabeth  Roberts  about  their  high-crowned 
hats  and  full  borders,  as  between  Miss 
Westcote  and  Miss  Julietta  Smith  about 
their  Buttonborough  bonnets  and  French 
flowers.  However,  be  that  as  it  may,  it 
pleased  Hannah,  like  many  other  people, 
to  look  at  village  life  in  its  poetic  aspect. 
Hannah's  life  had  hitherto  been  but 
country-town   life,    and   everybody   knows 


282   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

how  that  is  the  most  prosaic  of  all  forms 
of  existence.  Fashionable  life  in  a 
great  city  or  in  a  foreign  town,  with 
lords  and  ladies  making  love  in  blank 
verse — or  pastoral  life,  with  village  maidens 
and  rustic  swains 

"Behind  the  hawthorn  in  the  dale," 

pouring  out  the  same  tale  with  the 
untutored  eloquence  of  simplicity — has 
so  much  more  to  attract  the  imagination 
of  those  who  have  not  yet  discovered 
that  all  romance  lies  in  the  heart  and  all 
greatness  in  the  soul.  True,  Hannah  had 
discovered  that  Smiths  and  Browns  in 
their  every-day  bourgeois  sphere  could  be 
as  romantically  unreasonable  and  as  perti- 
naciously ill-tempered  as  any  Montague 
or  Capulet  in  Verona.  She  had,  to 
some  extent,  discovered  painfully  the 
romance   there  is  in  commonplace   things, 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.    283 

but  she  had  not  yet  discovered  the   com- 
monplace there  is  in  romantic  things. 

Early  on  Monday  Mr.  Edwards  called, 
as  he  had  promised.  He  was  exactly 
what  young  ladies  in  country  towns  call 
an  "interesting  young  man,"  and  if  des- 
tiny and  a  bishop  had  licensed  him  to 
a  country  town  curacy,  half  the  young 
ladies  of  the  place  would  immediately 
have  been  smitten  with  a  zeal  for  church 
principles  and  a  fondness  for  ecclesiastical 
needle-work.  Even  Hannah  could  not 
help  thinking  how  the  Miss  Splints  would 
have  raved  about  him,  and  how  dissent 
and  chapel-going  would  have  been  more 
odious  than  ever  to  the  Miss  Smiths.  I 
will  not  say  what  even  Hannah  herself 
might  have  thought  and  felt  in  former 
days ;  but  at  this  moment  she  still  pre- 
ferred blue  eyes  to  black,  a  moustache  to 


284   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

a  shaven  lip,  and  L'AUegro  to  II  Pense- 
roso.  She  could  not,  however,  but  ac- 
knowledge that  the  young  Welshman  was 
very  agreeable,  and  seemed  very  amiable. 
He  quite  won  Miss  Clara's  heart  by  the 
open  and  confidential  manner  in  which 
he  spoke  to  her. 

She  soon  discovered  his  whole  history,  and 
she  was  equally  communicative  in  her  turn. 
He  offered  to  take  them  to  all  the  best 
walks  and  finest  points  of  view,  and  he  said 
what  a  treat  it  was  to  him,  in  his  loneliness 
and  seclusion,  to  have  the  society  of  two 
educated  persons,  and  more  especially  edu- 
cated ladies.  He  generally  addressed  Miss 
Wellby,  but  Hannah  had  always  a  con- 
sciousness that  what  he  said  was  even 
more  especially  meant  for  her.  Miss  Well- 
by  invited  him  to  return  to  early  tea  in 
the  evening,  and  afterwards  to  take  a  walk. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   285 

As  soon  as  he  was  gone,  Miss  Clara 
was  loud  in  his  praise. 

"  Such  a  charming — such  a  handsome 
young  man  !  So  devoted — so  gentleman- 
like !  She  had  heard  of  his  family  long 
ago,  and  knew  them  to  be  most  respect- 
ably, indeed,  highly  connected.  She  was 
sure  there  was  nobody  in  Goslingford  for 
a  moment  to  be  compared  with  him." 

To  this  speech  Hannah  made  no  rejoin- 
der, but  Miss  Clara  fancied  she  distin- 
guished a  scarcely  audible  sigh.  This  sigh 
threw  her  into  rather  a  bad  humour, 
both  with  Hannah  and  herself,  and  she 
sat  silent  and  moody  for  some  time, 
returning  to  all  her  companion's  attempts 
at  conversation  merely  monosyllabic  an- 
swers. At  last  she  appeared  to  make  a 
sudden  resolution,  and  all  at  once  began 
to  talk  and  harangue  in  her  natural 
lively,  rambling  way. 


286    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Mr.  Edwards  came  to  tea,  not  only 
that  night,  but  every  night  while  the 
two  ladies  remained — and  they  prolonged 
their  stay  a  whole  week  beyond  the  time 
they  had  originally  intended.  Every  day 
the  young  parson  stood  higher  and 
higher  in  Miss  Clara's  good  opinion.  Not 
that  by  any  means  they  agreed  about 
everything.  Miss  Wellby  scolded  the 
young  man  for  his  Tractarianism,  and 
they  had  many  arguments  on  the  subject, 
if  those  could  be  called  arguments  which 
consisted  in  banter  and  declamation  on 
the  one  side,  and  quietly  begging  the 
question  on  the  other.  Miss  Clara  did 
not  find  Mr.  Edwards,  as  an  antagonist, 
quite  so  easy  to  demolish  as  Miss  Harriet 
Richards.  Hannah  took  little  share  in 
the  controversy,  though  Mr.  Edwards 
sometimes   appealed  to  her  in  words,  and 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   287 

still  often er  in  looks,  but  she  generally 
replied  that  she  was  no  polemic. 

"  I  should  not  have  thought  you  were, 
Miss  Brown  ;  but  I  should  think — I  am 
sure  you  must  have  a  feeling  for  the 
beauty  of  holiness." 

"  I  trust  I  have,  Mr.  Edwards ;  but 
surely  the  beauty  of  holiness  consists 
rather  in  the  charity  which  suffers  long 
and  is  kind,  than  in  ceremonies  or  deco- 
rations." 

"  Oh !    Miss    Brown,"   said    the    young 

man,  looking  much  hurt.  "You  can- 
not surely  suppose  that  I  think  other- 
wise." f 

Hannah   coloured   up    with   vexation. 

"  Forgive  me,"  she  said,  "if  I 
seemed  to  insinuate  that  you  did,  for 
indeed  I  do  not  think  so.  I  have 
heard  and  seen  too  much  of  your 
work   in    this   parish." 


288    THE  BKOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

Mr.  Edwards  said  nothing,  but  he 
looked  straight  at  Hannah,  intensely- 
gratified — so  intensely  gratified  that  she 
felt  quite  annoyed,  and  passed  the  rest 
of  the  evening  in  perfect  silence.  As 
for  Miss  Clara,  she  seemed  to  think 
Hannah  had  gained  a  complete  victory 
on  their  side  of  the  question,  and  made 
up,  by  her  liveliness  and  talkativeness, 
for  her  young  friend's  silence.  Mr. 
Edwards,  too,  seemed  in  excellent 
spirits ;  but  the  argument  appeared, 
for  the  time,  to  have  lost  all  interest 
for  him,  and  he  replied  to  Miss 
Wellby   almost   at   random. 

During  the  latter  part  of  their  stay 
at  Llan  Gwdd,  the  young  parson 
talked  much  less  sadly  than  he  had 
done  during  the  earlier  part  of  their 
visit.      He    even    seemed  to   admit    that 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   289 

there  might  be  such  a  thing  as  conso- 
lation, and  a  faint  possibility  that,  even 
for  him,  the  world  might  not  be  a 
wilderness;  or,  if  it  was  a  wilderness, 
that  an  occasional  wild-flower  might 
blossom   by   the    wayside. 

"We  have  done  him  a  great  deal  of 
good,  Hannah,  I  think,"  said  Miss 
Wellby.  "He  looks  as  well  and  as 
happy  again  as  when  we  came.  What 
a  very  charming  and  agreeable  young 
man  he  is — and  so  gentlemanly !  One 
sees  very   few   such." 

"  Do   you   think   so  ?  '* 

"  Don't  you  ?  I  am  sure  there  is 
nobody  to  be  compared  with  him  in 
Goslingford." 

"I   don't  know   that.    Aunt   Clara." 

"  But  I  know  it,  Hannah,  and  I 
have     seen     much     more    of    the    world 

VOL.   I,  ji  U 


290   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

than  you  have.  And  then,  what  a 
heart  he  seems  to  have !  What  a 
hitsband  he  seems  to  have  been !  And 
what  polite  manners  he  has  !  How  kind 
of  him  to  bring  you  such  a  pretty 
bouquet  every  daj^,  ever  since  he  heard 
you  say  you  were  fond  of  flowers  !  " 

''  I  think,"  said  Hannah,  "  he  had 
better  have  strewed  them  on  his  wife's 
grave." 

"  Hannah,  you  are  a  goose ! — and 
very  unjust,  and  very  unreasonable.  I 
have  no  respect  for  a  man,  or  any- 
body  else,   who   breaks   his    heart." 

"You  will  not  require  to  despise 
many  men  on  that  account,  Aunt 
Clara,"  said  Hannah,  with  unwonted 
bitterness.  "  Men  don't  break  their 
hearts,  or,  if  they  do,  the  fracture  is 
easily    repaired." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   291 

*'  So  much  the  better,  Hannah.  I 
see   nothing   but   sin   in   wilful   misery." 

"But  misery  and  constancy  are  not 
the  same   thing." 

"No,  the  contrary  thing,  of  course, 
when  people  still  have  their  sweet- 
hearts and  wives ;  but  when  they  have 
lost  them,  what  is  miserable  constancy 
but  constant  misery  ? "  And  Miss  Clara 
turned  away  with  the  air  of  having 
exhausted  all  that  was  to  be  said  on 
the   subject. 

Hannah  said  no  more  then,  but  the 
next  morning  she  expressed  herself  not 
sorry  that  their  sojourn  at  Llan  Gwdd 
now  drew  to  a  close.  She  "felt  quite 
well  again,  and  should  be  glad  to  be 
at    home." 

"  Have  you  not  enjoyed  yourself  here, 
then  ?  "  asked    Clara,    sharply. 

U2 


292   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

"Very   much   indeed." 

"Then  I  cannot  understand  why  you 
should  wish  to  go.  Girls  are  so 
fidgety,  and  never  know  their  own 
minds.'' 

Hannah  made  no  answer,  but  thought 
she  knew  her  own  mind  very  well. 
Miss  Wellby  hardly  recovered  her  good 
humour  till  Mr.  Edwards  arrived  to 
tea,  and  to  take  his  farewell  walk  with 
them. 


THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   293 


CHAPTER  XVI. 


FAREWELLS. 


The  Reverend  Edward  Edwards  was 
looking  even  handsomer  than  usual. 
Some  emotion,  not  unlike  excitement, 
brightened  his  fine  dark  eyes,  and  there 
was  an  interesting  mixture  of  melan- 
choly and  animation  in  his  manner. 
He  looked  just  the  man  for  a  lady- 
killer.  But  the  Rev.  Edward  Edwards 
hardly  knew    his    own    powers,    and    he 


294   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

had  the  great  disadvantage  of  being 
himself  very  susceptible.  To  be  in  love 
yourself  generally  lessens  your  chance  of 
making  another  in  love  with  you,  per- 
haps because  we  all  prefer  that  which 
is  difficult  of  attainment.  A  woman 
without  a  heart  is  the  most  likely  wo- 
man to  have  a  dozen  lovers — a  dozen 
rivals   for   that   which   does   not   exist. 

Fortunately  for  himself,  Mr.  Edwards 
hitherto  had  not  had  much  opportunity 
for  exciting  the  admiration  of  the  other 
sex.  He  was  a  younger  son  of  a  Welsh 
squire  of  decayed  fortunes,  and  had  been 
educated  in  retirement  almost  as  great  as 
that  which  was  now  his  lot.  In  early 
life  he  had  been  sent  to  Lampeter  College, 
where  he  had  almost  immediately  formed 
an  attachment  to  the  lady  who  afterwards 
became   his   wife.      Through   her  father's 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   295 

interest  he  had  obtained  the  living  of 
Llan  Gwdd,  and  as  soon  as  he  had  scraped 
together  enough  to  furnish  his  house,  they 
were  married.  Since  her  death,  up  to  the 
present  time,  he  had  not  once  seen  the 
face  of  any  woman  beyond  the  pastoral 
Mollys  and  Jennys  of  his  flock,  and  he 
had  persuaded  himself  that  he  did  not 
wish  to  see  the  face  of  one.  In  his  own 
language,  his  heart  was  "  wedded  to  the 
grave."  One  might  infer,  however,  from 
the  eagerness  with  which  he  had  sought ' 
the  society  of  the  two  stranger  ladies,  that 
he  was  not  quite  dead  to  female  charms, 
and  to-night  especially  he  looked  so 
animated,  that  one  would  never  have 
guessed  that  he  was  an  inconsolable 
widower.  It  was  a  very  fine  evening, 
the  days  were  yet  long,  and  as  tea 
was    primitively    early    (that    is,   if    his- 


296   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

tory  will  permit  me  the  mention  of  the 
meal  as  primitive  at  all),  and  there 
was  plenty  of  daylight  yet  to  come, 
Mr.  Edwards  proposed  that  they  should 
spend  this  their  last  evening  in  climb- 
ing to  the  top  of  a  high  hill  which 
they  had  not  yet  mounted,  and  from 
which  he  said  there  was  a  magnificent 
view.  Miss  Clara  did  not  in  a  gene- 
ral way  like  climbing  hills.  She  made, 
however,  no  objection  on  this  occasion, 
merely  remarking,  '^  if  they  dropped  her 
on  the  way  up,  she  hoped  they  would 
pick  her  up  on  the  way  down  again." 

The  hill  was  skirted  at  the  base  by 
a  wood,  through  which  the  path  lay, 
and  there  was  a  broad  green  track 
higher  up  through  the  gorse,  the  deep 
golden  hue  of  which  showed  even  more 
brilliantly  when  contrasted  with  the  woods 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   297 

below.  Miss  Clara  talked  and  grumbled 
through  the  beech  woods  ;  but  her 
grumbling  to-night  seemed  more  for  a 
joke  than  in  real  earnest.  "  Why  did 
people  climb  hills  ?  For  her  part,  she 
liked  level  ground,  and  saw  nothing 
charming  in  being  red-faced  and  pant- 
ing. Hills  were  much  prettier  to  look 
at  than  to  look  from,  and  she  had  no 
idea  of  running  the  risk  of  a  fit  of 
apoplexy  that  she  might  look  upon  a 
fog  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the  other 
a  country  for  all  the  world  like  a  large 
tract  of  village  allotments.  So  with 
your  leave,  my  young  friends,  I  will 
sit  down  on  this  stump  till  you  come 
back.  My  legs  and  my  lungs  are  both 
older   than   yours.'' 

"  Then,    Aunt    Clara,    we   will  not  go 
either.     Let   us   go    where    you    can   ac- 


298   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

company  us.  Any  other  view  will  do 
as   well.       They   are   all   pretty." 

As  Hannah  spoke,  the  young  clergy- 
man's face,  which  I  have  before  noticed 
as  so  unusually  beaming,  suddenly  fell 
many  degrees  of  the  physiognomical 
barometer,  and  his  voice  betrayed  his 
vexation. 

"  I  thought  you  said  you  should  like 
it  so  much,  and  I  have  watched  for 
days  for  a  suitable  evening,  and  to-night 
it  is  neither  foggy  nor  hot." 

"Well,  well,"  said  Miss  Clara,  "I 
will  drag  up  my  old  legs  if  you  will 
not  go  without  me,  though  I  have  a 
long  journey   to-morrow." 

"  No,  no.  Aunt  Clara,  you  have  taken 
enough  fatigue  for  me  already.  I  will 
go  to  the  top  of  the  hill  if  Mr.  Edwards 
really  cares   about   it." 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   299 

But  as  Hannah  spoke  she  could  not 
conceal  a  slight  accent  of  annoyance. 
He  answered  quickly,  without  a  shade 
of  ill- humour,  but  making  no  attempt 
to    conceal   his   mortification — 

''If  it  ^ives  you  no  pleasure,  Miss 
Brown,  it  will  give  me  none.  I  thought 
it   would   have   pleased  you." 

Poor  Hannah  felt  very  ungrateful,  for 
she  remembered  well  having  expressed 
a  strong  wish  to  climb  this  very  hill, 
and  how  kindly  he  had  promised  to 
watch   for  a  good  opportunity  for  her. 

"  You  are  very  kind,"  she  said,  peni- 
tently ;  "  and  I  should  like  extremely 
to  see  the  fine  view,  if  Aunt  Clara  does 
not  mind." 

His  face  cleared  up  a  little,  though 
it  was  far  indeed  from  having  the  look 
of  entire  satisfaction   it   had   had   before. 


300   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

They  set  off  in  silence.  Hannah  did 
not  see  how  she  could  have  avoided 
going,  and  yet  she  had  a  sense  of 
something  like  guilt  on  her  conscience 
because  she  had  gone.  She  was  neither 
hard-hearted  nor  soft-hearted  enough  to 
act  quite  justly  towards  the  Rev.  Edward 
Edwards,  and  she  was  somewhat  angry 
both  with  him  and  with  herself ;  but 
as  they  walked  up  the  hill,  the  glory 
of  the  evening  and  the  beauty  of  the 
prospect  were  not  long  in  having  a 
soothing  influence.  Then  Mr.  Edwards' 
manner  was  so  gentle  and  unobtrusive, 
she  could  not  but  feel  softened  towards 
him,  particularly  as  he  had  done  no- 
thing to  merit  her  displeasure,  but  the 
reverse.  She  therefore  admired  the  view 
and  the  sinking  sun,  and  acknowledged 
that   there   could  not  have  been  a  finer 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   301 

evening  for  such  a  walk.  And  the 
young  parson  looked  happy  again ;  and, 
recovering  his  usual  conversational  powers, 
he  quoted  sentimental  poetry,  and  spoke 
of  the  pleasures  of  sympathy  in  his 
usual  style.  Time  was  when  Hannah 
might  have  thought  this  charming ;  but, 
with  characteristic  human  perversity,  she 
did  not  think  so  now.  As  they  stood 
at  the  top  of  the  hill  all  alone,  by  one 
of  those  unaccountable  flashes  of  memory 
which,  we  know  not  why,  make  past 
scenes  seem  all  at  once  more  real  than 
present  ones,  Hannah  seemed  transported 
in  spirit  to  the  garden  at  thg  Splints, 
where  she  had  walked  with  Edgar 
Smith  on  the  memorable  evening  of  Mr. 
Frederick  Splint's  birthday.  It  was  not 
nearly  so  romantic  a  scene  as  the  pre- 
sent,   nor    was    Edgar    Smith,    with    his 


302   THE  BEOWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

sensible,  self-satisfied,  resolute  counte- 
nance, half  so  like  a  hero  of  romance, 
as  the  pale,  dark- eyed,  melancholy  young 
widower.  But  then  the  romance  of  the 
heart  is  not  always  the  romance  of 
conventionalities.  But  be  that  as  it  may, 
the  recollection  was  an  unfortunate  one 
for   Mr.   Edwards.     And  when   he  said — 

"  I  shall  treasure  up  the  memory  of 
this  evening  to  cheer  me  through  the 
solitary  ones  I  see  in  prospect.  They 
were  sad  enough  before  3^ou  came,  Miss 
Brown,  but  I  shall  hardly  know  how 
to   bear   them   when  you    are  gone." 

She   ansjvered — 

"As  a  way  of  passing  the  time,  you 
will  no  doubt  miss  us ;  but  the  sadness 
you  feel,  could,  I  think,  be  made  nei- 
ther greater  nor  less  by  the  society  of 
so  recent  acquaintances.'* 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   303 

"I  am  hurt  that  you  should  say 
so,  Miss  Brown ;  you  then  will  never 
think  of  these  to  me  happy  even- 
mgs  r 

"Yes  I  shall;  but  I  meant,  you  must 
have  memories  of  much  deeper  in- 
terest." 

"  You  do  not  believe  then  in  conso- 
lation?" 

She  was  saved  the  difficulty  of  an- 
swering by  the  appearance  of  Miss  Clara, 
who,  impatient  of  solitude,  had  climbed 
part   of  the   way  to  meet  them. 

As  Mr.  Edwards  walked  home  that  night 
to  his  little  parsonage,  and  a  sense  of  its 
loneliness  smote  upon  him,  his  thoughts 
certainly  were  ]iot  more  of  the  dead 
than  of  the  living.  He  wished  he  had 
not  said  so  much  about  his  loss  being 
irreparable.       His  was  not   the   grief   cer- 


304   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

tainly,  however  luuch  lie  had  once  thought 
so,   to   which 

"  Life  nothing  brighter  or  darker  can  bring." 

Indeed  I  doubt  if  there  can  be  any 
such   grief,    except   remorse. 

It  rained  the  next  morning  when  the 
Welsh  car  stopped  at  the  door  of  their 
little  lodging  to  convey  the  two .  ladies 
to  the  nearest  railway  station.  From 
thence  it  was  several  hours'  journey  to 
Buttonborough,  and,  as  the  reader  knows, 
still  further  to  Goslingford.  But  in  spite 
of  the  rain,  they  found  Mr.  Edwards 
standing  under  a  tree,  just  where  the 
road  to  the  village  turned  in  to  the 
highway,  and  half  a  mile  from  the  par- 
sonage, with  a  large  umbrella  in  one 
hand,  and  a  bouquet  of  flowers  in  the 
other. 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   305 

"  I  could  not  think  of  letting  you  go," 
he  said,  "without  saying  farewell.  Will 
you  accept  these  as  a  little  remembrance 
of  Llan  Gwdd?"  and  he  extended  the 
bouquet   to   Hannah. 

It  seemed  impossible  to  refuse  it,  after 
he  had  taken  so  much  trouble,  and  yet 
Hannah  felt  so  loth  to  accept  it,  that  it 
gave  an  air  of  ungracious  embarrass- 
ment to  her  manner.  Mr.  Edwards 
sighed  audibly,  and  seemed  quite  heed-  . 
less  of  the  rain  which  poured  in  torrents 
on  his  unprotected  person,  as  he  had 
now   lowered   the   umbrella. 

"You  are  getting  wet  through,"  cried 
Miss   Clara. 

"So  much  the  better,"  caid  he,  de- 
spondingly;  "what  does  it  signify  what 
becomes    of  me  ?  " 

"  Oh,  Mr.  Edwards !"  cried  Hannah  ;  and 

VOL.    I.  X 


306   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

then  added,  from  a  nervous  desire  to  say 
something,  "  they  are  very  pretty  flowers." 

"Will  you  remember  me  at  least  till 
they   fade,    Miss   Brown  ? "    he   said. 

*^  My  memory,"  said  Hannah,  "  is  not 
so  short."  But  her  tone  of  reproof  was 
lost  in  a  blast  of  wind  and  rain.  He  mere- 
ly understood  she  would  remember  him. 

"And  now,"  said  Miss  Clara,  "as  I 
don't  wish  to  be  drowned,  good-bye, 
and  God  bless  you,  Mr.  Edwards  ;  I  shall 
always  be  happy  to  see  you." 

"  Farewell,"  he  said,  "  dear  friend,  dear 
Miss  Clara;"  but  he  did  not  speak  to 
Hannah,    he   merely   looked   at   her. 

"  Come,  come,"  cried  Miss  Clara,  scold- 
ing, "it  is  too  wet  and  cold  to  be 
pathetic ;  go  on,  driver."  But  as  she 
spoke,  there  was  a  tear  in  her  eye. 

"The  nicest    young  man  I  ever  met," 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   307 

said   Miss  Wellby,    as   they    drove   on,    in 
spite  of  his  crosses  and   his   scrapings.       \ 

"Now,  Hannah,  don't  be  a  goose,  and 
throw  away  the*  substance  for  the  shadow, 
like  the  dog  in  the  fable." 

"Mr.  Edwards'  memory  is  shorter  than 
mine,"  said  Hannah,  again  returning  to 
the  old  idea. 

"You    mean,    my    dear,    Mr.    Edwards 
is   more   submissive   to    the   will   of    Pro- 
vidence,   and   more   ready    to    make    the^ 
best  of  things." 

Hannah  said  nothing ;  but  Miss  Clara's 
was,  to  say  the  least,  a  new  way  of 
putting  it,  and  Hannah,  like  most  of 
Miss  Wellby's  friends,  was  obliged  to 
acknowledge,  at  times,  that  that  lady's 
random  shots  went  as  straight  to  the 
mark  as  if  they  had  been  aimed  with 
the  utmost  precision. 


308   THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

My  dear  reader,  if  you  are  like 
Hannah,  one  whose  thoughts  cling  to 
the  past,  and  in  whom  memory  is 
stronger  than  hope,  yoil  will,  perhaps, 
say  there  is  nothing  so  noble  as  con- 
stancy; but  if,  on  the  contrary,  you  are 
an  admirer  of  strong  common  sense,  and 
take  a  practical,  I  don't  say  a  worldly, 
view  of  the  advantages  and  disadvan- 
tages of  life,  you  will  say  that  true 
wisdom  and  true  religion  really  lie  in 
Miss  Clara's  theory  of  making  the  best 
of  things.  If  you  ask  me  what  I 
think,  what  can  I  answer,  but  confess 
that,  according  to  my  mood,  I  have 
sometimes  been  of  the  one  opinion  and 
sometimes  of  the  other;  and  so  I  sus- 
pect had  Miss  Clara,  who,  like  most 
preachers,  had  not,  at  all  times  acted 
up   to   her    own    sermons.      But    let    us 


THE    BROWNS   AND    THE    SMITHS.  309 

not    blame    either     Miss    Clara     or     the 
preachers. 

What  sort  of  sermons  would  these 
be,  whose  docrtrine  corresponded  with 
the  doings  of  the  best  of  men  ?  It 
is  my  belief  that  the  best  preachers 
are  always  most  powerful  when  they 
preach  on  their  own  weik  points. 

Hannah,  as  we  know,  had  a  humble 
mind,  and,  though  Miss  Wellby's  speech 
had  no  effect — what  speeches  ever  have?. 
— in  arguing  her  out  of  her  own  feel- 
ings, it  made  her  think  a  little  more 
charitably  of  Mr.  Edwards,  and  feel  a 
little  remorseful  towards  him.  And 
then  she  said  to  herself — 

^'  It  is  no  matter,  I  shall  never  see  him 
again.  Men  cannot  feel  like  women. 
After  all,  he  cannot  help  being  a  man." 

And   kind-hearted,    irritable  Miss   Clara 


310    THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS. 

thought  of  how  sadly  the  poor  young 
clergyman  would  go  home  in  the  drip- 
ping rain,  and  sit  down,  wet  perhaps, 
in  his  lonely  study,  and  she  felt  very 
cross   with    Hannah. 

She  relented  towards  her,  however, 
long  before  they  reached  Goslingford,  or 
even  Buttonborough.  All  irritable  feel- 
inofs  were  mero-ed  in  benevolent  delio-ht 
at  the  notion  of  restoring  Hannah  to 
her  father  in  perfect  health,  and,  in 
intense  satisfaction,  the  root  of  which 
did  not,  perhaps,  lie  in  benevolence, 
that  such  a  return  was  a  complete 
triumph  over  the  Smithites.  And  then 
came    the    qualifying   reflection : 

"I  wish  she  had  only  had  sense  and 
spirit  enough  to  show  that  flirting  fel- 
low what  a  much  better  match  she 
could   make.     It   shows   what   he  is,  that 


THE  BROWNS  AND  THE  SMITHS.   311 

he  could  ever  tliink  of  Mary  Westcote 
after  Hannah  Brown,"  thought  Miss 
Clara,  angrily,  and  quite  oblivious  that, 
after  all,  Edgar  Smith  was  only  doing 
what  she  advised  Hannah  to  do — 
making  the  best   of  things. 


END  OF  VOL,  I. 


E.  GARDNER,  PKINTER,  GLOUCESTER  STREET,  KEGENT's  PARK. 


m